ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.

1 (2024-10)

HARMONISED EUROPEAN STANDARD

IMT cellular networks;

Harmonised Standard for access to radio spectrum;
Part 13: Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)
User Equipment (UE)
 2 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Reference
REN/MSG-TFES-1504

Keywords
3G, 3GPP, cellular, digital, E-UTRA, IMT,
IMT-2000, IMT-Advanced, LTE, LTE-Advanced,
mobile, radio, regulation, UMTS

ETSI
650 Route des Lucioles
F-06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex - FRANCE

Tel.: +33 4 92 94 42 00 Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16

Siret N° 348 623 562 00017 - APE 7112B

Association à but non lucratif enregistrée à la
Sous-Préfecture de Grasse (06) N° w061004871

Important notice
The present document can be downloaded from the
ETSI Search & Browse Standards application.
The present document may be made available in electronic versions and/or in print. The content of any electronic and/or
print versions of the present document shall not be modified without the prior written authorization of ETSI. In case of any
existing or perceived difference in contents between such versions and/or in print, the prevailing version of an ETSI
deliverable is the one made publicly available in PDF format on ETSI deliver.
Users should be aware that the present document may be revised or have its status changed,
this information is available in the Milestones listing.
If you find errors in the present document, please send your comments to
the relevant service listed under Committee Support Staff.
If you find a security vulnerability in the present document, please report it through our
Coordinated Vulnerability Disclosure (CVD) program.

Notice of disclaimer & limitation of liability

The information provided in the present deliverable is directed solely to professionals who have the appropriate degree of
experience to understand and interpret its content in accordance with generally accepted engineering or
other professional standard and applicable regulations.
No recommendation as to products and services or vendors is made or should be implied.
In no event shall ETSI be held liable for loss of profits or any other incidental or consequential damages.

Any software contained in this deliverable is provided "AS IS" with no warranties, express or implied, including but not
limited to, the warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose and non-infringement of intellectual property
rights and ETSI shall not be held liable in any event for any damages whatsoever (including, without limitation, damages
for loss of profits, business interruption, loss of information, or any other pecuniary loss) arising out of or related to the use
of or inability to use the software.

Copyright Notification
No part may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and
microfilm except as authorized by written permission of ETSI.
The content of the PDF version shall not be modified without the written authorization of ETSI.
The copyright and the foregoing restriction extend to reproduction in all media.

© ETSI 2024.
All rights reserved.

ETSI
 3 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Contents
Intellectual Property Rights ..............................................................................................................................11
Foreword...........................................................................................................................................................11
Modal verbs terminology..................................................................................................................................12
Introduction ......................................................................................................................................................12
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................13
2 References ..............................................................................................................................................16
2.1 Normative references ....................................................................................................................................... 16
2.2 Informative references ...................................................................................................................................... 16
3 Definition of terms, symbols and abbreviations .....................................................................................18
3.1 Terms................................................................................................................................................................ 18
3.2 Symbols ............................................................................................................................................................ 21
3.3 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................................................... 23
4 Technical requirements specifications ...................................................................................................25
4.1 Environmental profile....................................................................................................................................... 25
4.2 Conformance requirements .............................................................................................................................. 25
4.2.0 General........................................................................................................................................................ 25
4.2.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 25
4.2.2 Transmitter Maximum Output Power ......................................................................................................... 26
4.2.2.1 Transmitter maximum output power for Single Carrier ........................................................................ 26
4.2.2.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 26
4.2.2.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 26
4.2.2.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 26
4.2.2.2 Transmitter output power for Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA) ............................................ 26
4.2.2.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 26
4.2.2.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 27
4.2.2.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 28
4.2.2.3 Transmitter output power for UL-MIMO ............................................................................................. 28
4.2.2.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 28
4.2.2.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 28
4.2.2.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 28
4.2.2.4 Transmitter output power for category NB1 ......................................................................................... 29
4.2.2.4.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 29
4.2.2.4.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 29
4.2.2.4.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 29
4.2.2.5 Transmitter output power for UE category M1 ..................................................................................... 29
4.2.2.5.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 29
4.2.2.5.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 29
4.2.2.5.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 30
4.2.3 Transmitter Spectrum Emission Mask ........................................................................................................ 30
4.2.3.1 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Single Carrier ....................................................................... 30
4.2.3.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 30
4.2.3.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 30
4.2.3.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 31
4.2.3.2 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA) .......................... 31
4.2.3.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 31
4.2.3.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 31
4.2.3.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 33
4.2.3.3 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for UL-MIMO ........................................................................... 33
4.2.3.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 33
4.2.3.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 34
4.2.3.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 34
4.2.3.4 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a component carrier .............. 34
4.2.3.4.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 34
4.2.3.4.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 34

ETSI
 4 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.3.4.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 34

4.2.3.5 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for category NB1 ....................................................................... 34
4.2.3.5.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 34
4.2.3.5.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 34
4.2.3.5.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 34
4.2.4 Transmitter Spurious Emissions ................................................................................................................. 35
4.2.4.1 Transmitter spurious emissions for Single Carrier ................................................................................ 35
4.2.4.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 35
4.2.4.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 35
4.2.4.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 39
4.2.4.2 Transmitter spurious emissions for Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA) ................................... 40
4.2.4.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 40
4.2.4.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 40
4.2.4.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 45
4.2.4.3 Transmitter spurious emissions for UL-MIMO .................................................................................... 45
4.2.4.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 45
4.2.4.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 45
4.2.4.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 45
4.2.4.4 Transmitter spurious emissions for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a component carrier ....................... 45
4.2.4.4.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 45
4.2.4.4.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 45
4.2.4.4.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 46
4.2.4.5 Transmitter spurious emissions for category NB1 ................................................................................ 46
4.2.4.5.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 46
4.2.4.5.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 46
4.2.4.5.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 46
4.2.5 Transmitter Minimum Output Power .......................................................................................................... 46
4.2.5.1 Transmitter minimum output power for Single Carrier......................................................................... 46
4.2.5.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 46
4.2.5.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 46
4.2.5.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 46
4.2.5.2 Transmitter minimum output power for Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA) ............................ 47
4.2.5.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 47
4.2.5.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 47
4.2.5.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 47
4.2.5.3 Transmitter minimum output power for UL-MIMO ............................................................................. 47
4.2.5.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 47
4.2.5.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 47
4.2.5.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 48
4.2.5.4 Transmitter minimum output power for category NB1 ......................................................................... 48
4.2.5.4.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 48
4.2.5.4.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 48
4.2.5.4.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 48
4.2.6 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) ........................................................................................... 48
4.2.6.1 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for Single Carrier ........................................................ 48
4.2.6.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 48
4.2.6.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 48
4.2.6.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 49
4.2.6.2 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands .................. 49
4.2.6.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 49
4.2.6.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 50
4.2.6.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 50
4.2.6.3 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for category NB1 ......................................................... 51
4.2.6.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 51
4.2.6.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 51
4.2.6.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 51
4.2.7 Receiver Blocking Characteristics .............................................................................................................. 51
4.2.7.1 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for Single Carrier ........................................................................... 51
4.2.7.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 51
4.2.7.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 51
4.2.7.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 53
4.2.7.2 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands..................................... 53

ETSI
 5 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.7.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 53
4.2.7.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 54
4.2.7.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 56
4.2.7.3 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for category NB1 ........................................................................... 57
4.2.7.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 57
4.2.7.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 57
4.2.7.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 58
4.2.8 Receiver Spurious Response ....................................................................................................................... 58
4.2.8.1 Receiver Spurious Response for Single Carrier .................................................................................... 58
4.2.8.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 58
4.2.8.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 59
4.2.8.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 59
4.2.8.2 Receiver Spurious Response for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands ............................................. 59
4.2.8.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 59
4.2.8.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 59
4.2.8.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 59
4.2.8.3 Receiver Spurious Response for category NB1 .................................................................................... 59
4.2.8.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 59
4.2.8.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 60
4.2.8.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 60
4.2.9 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristic .................................................................................................... 60
4.2.9.1 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for Single Carrier ................................................................ 60
4.2.9.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 60
4.2.9.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 60
4.2.9.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 61
4.2.9.2 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands.......................... 61
4.2.9.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 61
4.2.9.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 61
4.2.9.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 62
4.2.9.3 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for category NB1 ................................................................ 62
4.2.9.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 62
4.2.9.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 62
4.2.9.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 62
4.2.10 Receiver Spurious Emissions ...................................................................................................................... 63
4.2.10.1 Receiver Spurious Emissions for Single Carrier ................................................................................... 63
4.2.10.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 63
4.2.10.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 63
4.2.10.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 63
4.2.10.2 Receiver Spurious Emissions in DL-only bands ................................................................................... 63
4.2.10.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 63
4.2.10.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 63
4.2.10.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 63
4.2.11 Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ................................................................................. 64
4.2.11.1 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Single Carrier ................................................... 64
4.2.11.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 64
4.2.11.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 64
4.2.11.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 65
4.2.11.2 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA)....... 65
4.2.11.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 65
4.2.11.2.2 Limits for CA UTRA....................................................................................................................... 66
4.2.11.2.3 Limits for CA EUTRA .................................................................................................................... 67
4.2.11.2.4 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 68
4.2.11.3 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for UL-MIMO ........................................................ 68
4.2.11.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 68
4.2.11.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 68
4.2.11.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 69
4.2.11.4 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a component
carrier .................................................................................................................................................... 69
4.2.11.4.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 69
4.2.11.4.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 70
4.2.11.4.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 70
4.2.11.5 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for category NB1 ................................................... 70

ETSI
 6 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.11.5.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 70
4.2.11.5.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 70
4.2.11.5.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 70
4.2.12 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level ......................................................................................................... 71
4.2.12.0 General .................................................................................................................................................. 71
4.2.12.1 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for Single Carrier ...................................................................... 71
4.2.12.1.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 71
4.2.12.1.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 71
4.2.12.1.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 72
4.2.12.2 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands ................................ 72
4.2.12.2.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 72
4.2.12.2.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 72
4.2.12.2.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 73
4.2.12.3 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for category NB1....................................................................... 73
4.2.12.3.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 73
4.2.12.3.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 73
4.2.12.3.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 73
4.2.12.4 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for UE category 0 ...................................................................... 73
4.2.12.4.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 73
4.2.12.4.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 73
4.2.12.4.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 74
4.2.12.5 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for UE category M1 .................................................................. 74
4.2.12.5.1 Definition......................................................................................................................................... 74
4.2.12.5.2 Limits .............................................................................................................................................. 74
4.2.12.5.3 Conformance ................................................................................................................................... 75
4.2.13 Receiver Total Radiated Sensitivity (TRS) ................................................................................................. 76
4.2.13.0 Applicability.......................................................................................................................................... 76
4.2.13.1 Definition .............................................................................................................................................. 76
4.2.13.2 Limits .................................................................................................................................................... 77
4.2.13.3 Conformance ......................................................................................................................................... 77
4.2.14 Total Radiated Power (TRP)....................................................................................................................... 77
4.2.14.0 Applicability.......................................................................................................................................... 77
4.2.14.1 Definition .............................................................................................................................................. 77
4.2.14.2 Limits .................................................................................................................................................... 78
5 Testing for compliance with technical requirements..............................................................................79
5.1 Environmental conditions for testing ............................................................................................................... 79
5.2 Void .................................................................................................................................................................. 79
5.3 Essential radio test suites .................................................................................................................................. 79
5.3.0 General........................................................................................................................................................ 79
5.3.1 Transmitter Maximum Output Power ......................................................................................................... 80
5.3.1.1 Transmitter maximum output power for Single Carrier ........................................................................ 80
5.3.1.1.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 80
5.3.1.1.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 80
5.3.1.2 Transmitter maximum output power for intra-band contiguous Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and
UL CA) ................................................................................................................................................. 81
5.3.1.2.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 81
5.3.1.2.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 81
5.3.1.2A Transmitter maximum output power for inter-band Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA) .......... 82
5.3.1.2A.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 82
5.3.1.2A.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 82
5.3.1.3 Transmitter maximum output power for UL-MIMO ............................................................................ 83
5.3.1.3.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 83
5.3.1.3.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 83
5.3.1.4 Transmitter maximum output power for category NB1 ........................................................................ 83
5.3.1.4.1 Method of Test ................................................................................................................................ 83
5.3.1.4.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 84
5.3.1.5 Transmitter maximum output power for UE category 0 ....................................................................... 84
5.3.1.5.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 84
5.3.1.5.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 85
5.3.1.6 Transmitter maximum output power for UE category M1 .................................................................... 85
5.3.1.6.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 85

ETSI
 7 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.1.6.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 85

5.3.2 Transmitter Spectrum Emission Mask ........................................................................................................ 86
5.3.2.1 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Single Carrier ....................................................................... 86
5.3.2.1.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 86
5.3.2.1.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 86
5.3.2.2 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for intra-band contiguous Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and
UL CA) ................................................................................................................................................. 87
5.3.2.2.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 87
5.3.2.2.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 87
5.3.2.2A Transmitter spectrum emission mask for inter-band Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA) ......... 88
5.3.2.2A.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 88
5.3.2.2A.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 89
5.3.2.3 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for UL-MIMO ........................................................................... 89
5.3.2.3.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 89
5.3.2.3.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 89
5.3.2.4 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a component carrier .............. 90
5.3.2.4.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 90
5.3.2.4.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 90
5.3.2.5 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for category NB1 ....................................................................... 91
5.3.2.5.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 91
5.3.2.5.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 91
5.3.2.6 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for UE category 0 ...................................................................... 92
5.3.2.6.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 92
5.3.2.6.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 92
5.3.2.7 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for UE category M1 ................................................................... 92
5.3.2.7.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 92
5.3.2.7.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 93
5.3.3 Transmitter Spurious Emissions ................................................................................................................. 93
5.3.3.1 Transmitter spurious emissions for Single Carrier ................................................................................ 93
5.3.3.1.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 93
5.3.3.1.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 94
5.3.3.2 Transmitter spurious emissions for intra-band contiguous Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL
CA) ........................................................................................................................................................ 94
5.3.3.2.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 94
5.3.3.2.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 95
5.3.3.2A Transmitter spurious emissions for inter-band Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA) .................. 95
5.3.3.2A.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 95
5.3.3.2A.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 96
5.3.3.3 Transmitter spurious emissions for UL-MIMO .................................................................................... 96
5.3.3.3.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 96
5.3.3.3.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 97
5.3.3.4 Transmitter spurious emissions for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a component carrier ....................... 97
5.3.3.4.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 97
5.3.3.4.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 97
5.3.3.5 Transmitter spurious emissions for category NB1 ................................................................................ 98
5.3.3.5.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 98
5.3.3.5.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 98
5.3.3.6 Transmitter spurious emissions for UE category 0 ............................................................................... 99
5.3.3.6.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 99
5.3.3.6.2 Test requirements ............................................................................................................................ 99
5.3.3.7 Transmitter spurious emissions for UE category M1 ............................................................................ 99
5.3.3.7.1 Method of test .................................................................................................................................. 99
5.3.3.7.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 100
5.3.4 Transmitter Minimum Output Power ........................................................................................................ 100
5.3.4.1 Transmitter minimum output power for Single Carrier....................................................................... 100
5.3.4.1.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 100
5.3.4.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 101
5.3.4.2 Transmitter minimum output power for intra-band contiguous Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and
UL CA) ............................................................................................................................................... 101
5.3.4.2.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 101
5.3.4.2.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 102
5.3.4.2A Transmitter minimum output power for inter-band Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA)......... 102

ETSI
 8 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.4.2A.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 102

5.3.4.2A.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 103
5.3.4.3 Transmitter minimum output power for UL-MIMO ........................................................................... 103
5.3.4.3.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 103
5.3.4.3.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 104
5.3.4.4 Transmitter minimum output power for category NB1 ....................................................................... 104
5.3.4.4.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 104
5.3.4.4.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 104
5.3.4.5 Transmitter minimum output power for UE category 0 ...................................................................... 105
5.3.4.5.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 105
5.3.4.5.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 105
5.3.4.6 Transmitter minimum output power for UE category M1 .................................................................. 105
5.3.4.6.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 105
5.3.4.6.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 106
5.3.5 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) ......................................................................................... 106
5.3.5.1 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for Single Carrier ...................................................... 106
5.3.5.1.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 106
5.3.5.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 107
5.3.5.2 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands ................ 107
5.3.5.2.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 107
5.3.5.2.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 108
5.3.5.3 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for category NB1 ....................................................... 108
5.3.5.3.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 108
5.3.5.3.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 110
5.3.5.4 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for UE category 0 ...................................................... 110
5.3.5.4.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 110
5.3.5.4.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 110
5.3.5.5 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for UE category M1 .................................................. 110
5.3.5.5.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 110
5.3.5.5.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 111
5.3.6 Receiver Blocking Characteristics ............................................................................................................ 112
5.3.6.1 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for Single Carrier ......................................................................... 112
5.3.6.1.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 112
5.3.6.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 113
5.3.6.2 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands................................... 114
5.3.6.2.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 114
5.3.6.2.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 116
5.3.6.3 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for category NB1 ......................................................................... 116
5.3.6.3.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 116
5.3.6.3.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 117
5.3.6.4 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for UE category 0 ......................................................................... 117
5.3.6.4.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 117
5.3.6.4.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 118
5.3.6.5 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for UE category M1 ..................................................................... 118
5.3.6.5.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 118
5.3.6.5.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 120
5.3.7 Receiver Spurious Response ..................................................................................................................... 120
5.3.7.1 Receiver Spurious Response for Single Carrier .................................................................................. 120
5.3.7.1.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 120
5.3.7.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 120
5.3.7.2 Receiver Spurious Response for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands ........................................... 120
5.3.7.2.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 120
5.3.7.2.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 121
5.3.7.3 Receiver Spurious Response for category NB1 .................................................................................. 121
5.3.7.3.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 121
5.3.7.3.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 121
5.3.7.4 Receiver Spurious Response for UE category 0.................................................................................. 122
5.3.7.4.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 122
5.3.7.4.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 122
5.3.7.5 Receiver Spurious Response for UE category M1 .............................................................................. 122
5.3.7.5.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 122
5.3.7.5.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 122

ETSI
 9 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.8 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics ................................................................................................. 123

5.3.8.1 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for Single Carrier .............................................................. 123
5.3.8.1.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 123
5.3.8.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 123
5.3.8.2 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands........................ 124
5.3.8.2.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 124
5.3.8.2.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 125
5.3.8.3 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for category NB1 .............................................................. 125
5.3.8.3.1 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 125
5.3.8.3.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 125
5.3.8.4 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for UE category 0 .............................................................. 126
5.3.8.4.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 126
5.3.8.4.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 126
5.3.8.5 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for UE category M1 .......................................................... 126
5.3.8.5.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 126
5.3.8.5.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 127
5.3.9 Receiver Spurious Emissions .................................................................................................................... 127
5.3.9.1 Receiver Spurious Emissions for Single Carrier ................................................................................. 127
5.3.9.1.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 127
5.3.9.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 128
5.3.9.2 Receiver Spurious Emissions in DL-only bands ................................................................................. 128
5.3.9.2.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 128
5.3.9.2.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 129
5.3.9.3 Receiver Spurious Emissions for UE category 0 ................................................................................ 129
5.3.9.3.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 129
5.3.9.3.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 129
5.3.9.4 Receiver Spurious Emissions for UE category M1 ............................................................................. 129
5.3.9.4.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 129
5.3.9.4.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 130
5.3.9.5 Receiver Spurious Emissions for UE category NB1 ........................................................................... 130
5.3.9.5.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 130
5.3.9.5.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 130
5.3.10 Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ............................................................................... 130
5.3.10.1 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Single Carrier ................................................. 130
5.3.10.1.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 130
5.3.10.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 131
5.3.10.2 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for intra-band contiguous Carrier Aggregation
(DL CA and UL CA)........................................................................................................................... 132
5.3.10.2.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 132
5.3.10.2.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 133
5.3.10.2A Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for inter-band Carrier Aggregation (DL CA
and UL CA) ......................................................................................................................................... 133
5.3.10.2A.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 133
5.3.10.2A.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 134
5.3.10.3 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for UL-MIMO ...................................................... 134
5.3.10.3.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 134
5.3.10.3.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 135
5.3.10.4 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a component
carrier .................................................................................................................................................. 135
5.3.10.4.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 135
5.3.10.4.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 136
5.3.10.5 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for category NB1 ................................................. 136
5.3.10.5.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 136
5.3.10.5.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 137
5.3.10.6 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for UE category 0................................................. 137
5.3.10.6.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 137
5.3.10.6.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 138
5.3.10.7 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for UE category M1 ............................................. 138
5.3.10.7.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 138
5.3.10.7.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 139
5.3.11 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level ....................................................................................................... 139
5.3.11.1 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for Single Carrier .................................................................... 139

ETSI
 10 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.11.1.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 139

5.3.11.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 139
5.3.11.2 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands .............................. 140
5.3.11.2.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 140
5.3.11.2.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 141
5.3.11.3 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for category NB1..................................................................... 141
5.3.11.3.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 141
5.3.11.3.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 141
5.3.11.4 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for UE category 0 .................................................................... 141
5.3.11.4.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 141
5.3.11.4.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 142
5.3.11.5 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for UE category M1 ................................................................ 142
5.3.11.5.1 Method of test ................................................................................................................................ 142
5.3.11.5.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 143
5.3.12 Receiver Total Radiated Sensitivity (TRS) ............................................................................................... 143
5.3.12.1 Method of test ..................................................................................................................................... 143
5.3.12.1.1 Initial conditions ............................................................................................................................ 143
5.3.12.1.2 Procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 143
5.3.12.1.3 Procedure, reverberation chamber method .................................................................................... 143
5.3.12.2 Test requirements ................................................................................................................................ 143
5.3.13 Total Radiated Power (TRP)..................................................................................................................... 143
5.3.13.1 Method of test ..................................................................................................................................... 143
5.3.13.1.1 Initial conditions ............................................................................................................................ 143
5.3.13.1.2 Procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 143
5.3.13.1.3 Procedure, reverberation chamber method .................................................................................... 144
5.3.13.2 Test requirements ................................................................................................................................ 144

Annex A (informative): Relationship between the present document and the essential
requirements of Directive 2014/53/EU .......................................................145
Annex B (normative): Environmental profile .................................................................................147
B.1 General .................................................................................................................................................147
B.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 147
B.1.2 Temperature ................................................................................................................................................... 147
B.1.3 Voltage ........................................................................................................................................................... 147
B.1.4 Test environment ............................................................................................................................................ 148

Annex C (informative): Maximum Measurement Uncertainty ........................................................149

Annex D (informative): Bibliography .................................................................................................150
Annex E (informative): Change history .............................................................................................151
History ............................................................................................................................................................152

ETSI
 11 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Intellectual Property Rights

Essential patents

IPRs essential or potentially essential to normative deliverables may have been declared to ETSI. The declarations
pertaining to these essential IPRs, if any, are publicly available for ETSI members and non-members, and can be
found in ETSI SR 000 314: "Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs); Essential, or potentially Essential, IPRs notified to
ETSI in respect of ETSI standards", which is available from the ETSI Secretariat. Latest updates are available on the
ETSI Web server (https://ipr.etsi.org/).

Pursuant to the ETSI Directives including the ETSI IPR Policy, no investigation regarding the essentiality of IPRs,
including IPR searches, has been carried out by ETSI. No guarantee can be given as to the existence of other IPRs not
referenced in ETSI SR 000 314 (or the updates on the ETSI Web server) which are, or may be, or may become,
essential to the present document.

Trademarks

The present document may include trademarks and/or tradenames which are asserted and/or registered by their owners.
ETSI claims no ownership of these except for any which are indicated as being the property of ETSI, and conveys no
right to use or reproduce any trademark and/or tradename. Mention of those trademarks in the present document does
not constitute an endorsement by ETSI of products, services or organizations associated with those trademarks.

DECT™, PLUGTESTS™, UMTS™ and the ETSI logo are trademarks of ETSI registered for the benefit of its
Members. 3GPP™ and LTE™ are trademarks of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and of the 3GPP
Organizational Partners. oneM2M™ logo is a trademark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and of the
oneM2M Partners. GSM® and the GSM logo are trademarks registered and owned by the GSM Association.

Foreword
This Harmonised European Standard (EN) has been produced by ETSI Technical Committee Mobile Standards Group
(MSG).

For non-EU countries the present document may be used for regulatory (Type Approval) purposes.

The present document has been prepared under the Commission's standardisation request C(2015) 5376 final [i.9] to
provide one voluntary means of conforming to the essential requirements of Directive 2014/53/EU on the harmonisation
of the laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of radio equipment and repealing
Directive 1999/5/EC [i.2].

Once the present document is cited in the Official Journal of the European Union under that Directive, compliance with
the normative clauses of the present document given in table A-1 confers, within the limits of the scope of the present
document, a presumption of conformity with the corresponding essential requirements of that Directive and associated
EFTA regulations.

The present document is part 13 of a multi-part deliverable. Full details of the entire series can be found in part 1 [i.12].

This version of the harmonized standard includes the following revisions:

• Revision of the maximum output power requirements outlined in clause 4.2.2.

• Inclusion of requirements for band 41.

• Inclusion of Additional spurious emissions limits for frequency range 470 to 694 MHz to protect Broadband
Public Protection and Disaster Relief (BB-PPDR) and Digital Terrestrial Television (DTT) operations.

• Inclusion of specific requirements for bands 72, 87, and 88 to protect Broadband Public Protection and
Disaster Relief (BB-PPDR) and Digital Terrestrial Television (DTT) operations.

ETSI
 12 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

National transposition dates

Date of adoption of this EN: 1 October 2024
Date of latest announcement of this EN (doa): 31 January 2025
Date of latest publication of new National Standard
or endorsement of this EN (dop/e): 31 July 2025
Date of withdrawal of any conflicting National Standard (dow): 31 July 2026

Modal verbs terminology

In the present document "shall", "shall not", "should", "should not", "may", "need not", "will", "will not", "can" and
"cannot" are to be interpreted as described in clause 3.2 of the ETSI Drafting Rules (Verbal forms for the expression of
provisions).

"must" and "must not" are NOT allowed in ETSI deliverables except when used in direct citation.

Introduction
The present document is part of a set of standards developed by ETSI and is designed to fit in a modular structure to
cover all radio and telecommunications terminal equipment within the scope of the Radio Equipment Directive [i.2].
The present document is produced following the guidance in ETSI EG 203 336 [i.3] as applicable.

ETSI
 13 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

1 Scope
The present document applies to the following radio equipment type:

• User Equipment for Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA).

This radio equipment type is capable of operating in all or any part of the frequency bands given in tables from 1-1
through 1-5.

Table 1-1: E-UTRA UE operating bands

Related EC/ECC
E-UTRA Band Direction of UE transmission E-UTRA operating bands
decision
Transmit 1 920 MHz to 1 980 MHz
1 [i.21] and [i.22]
Receive 2 110 MHz to 2 170 MHz
Transmit 1 710 MHz to 1 785 MHz
3 [i.19] and [i.20]
Receive 1 805 MHz to 1 880 MHz
Transmit 2 500 MHz to 2 570 MHz
7 [i.24] and [i.25]
Receive 2 620 MHz to 2 690 MHz
Transmit 880 MHz to 915 MHz
8 [i.19] and [i.20]
Receive 925 MHz to 960 MHz
Transmit 832 MHz to 862 MHz
20 [i.6] and [i.7]
Receive 791 MHz to 821 MHz
Transmit 3 410 MHz to 3 490 MHz
22 [i.26] and [i.27]
Receive 3 510 MHz to 3 590 MHz
28 Transmit 703 MHz to 748 MHz
[i.14] and [i.15]
(see note 6) Receive 758 MHz to 803 MHz
Transmit 452,5 MHz to 457,5 MHz
31 [i.16]
Receive 462,5 MHz to 467,5 MHz
32 Transmit N/A
(see note 1)
Receive 1 452 MHz to 1 496 MHz [i.17] and [i.18]
(see note 2)
33 Transmit and Receive 1 900 MHz to 1 920 MHz [i.22]
34 Transmit and Receive 2 010 MHz to 2 025 MHz [i.22]
38 Transmit and Receive 2 570 MHz to 2 620 MHz [i.24] and [i.25]
40 Transmit and Receive 2 300 MHz to 2 400 MHz [i.23]
41 (note 7) Transmit and Receive 2 496 MHz to 2 690 MHz [i.24] and [i.25]
42 Transmit and Receive 3 400 MHz to 3 600 MHz [i.26] and [i.27]
43 Transmit and Receive 3 600 MHz to 3 800 MHz [i.26] and [i.27]
46
(see note 3) Transmit and Receive 5 150 MHz to 5 925 MHz [i.29] and [i.30]
(see note 4)
65 Transmit 1 920 MHz to 2 010 MHz
[i.21], [i.22] and [i.28]
(see note 5) Receive 2 110 MHz to 2 200 MHz
Transmit N/A
67
Receive 738 MHz to 758 MHz [i.14] and [i.15]
Transmit 698 MHz to 728 MHz
68 [i.14] and [i.15]
Receive 753 MHz to 783 MHz
69 Transmit N/A
(see note 1) Receive 2 570 MHz to 2 620 MHz [i.24] and [i.25]
72 Transmit 451 MHz to 456 MHz
[i.16]
Receive 461 MHz to 466 MHz
87 Transmit 410 MHz to 415 MHz
[i.16]
Receive 420 MHz to 425 MHz
88 Transmit 412 MHz to 417 MHz
[i.16]
Receive 422 MHz to 427 MHz

ETSI
 14 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

NOTE 1: Restricted to E-UTRA operation when carrier aggregation is configured. The downlink operating band is paired
with the uplink operating band (external) of the carrier aggregation configuration that is supporting the configured
Pcell.
NOTE 2: In Europe, according to [i.17] and [i.18], radio equipment in band 32 operates between 1 452 MHz and
1 492 MHz.
NOTE 3: This band is an unlicensed band restricted to licensed-assisted operation using Frame Structure Type 3. In
Europe according to [i.29] and [i.30], radio equipment in band 46 operates between 5 150 MHz and 5 725 MHz
as in table 1-1A.
NOTE 4: In this version of the present document, restricted to E-UTRA DL operation when carrier aggregation is
configured.
NOTE 5: A UE that complies with the E-UTRA Band 65 minimum requirements in the present document also complies
with the E-UTRA Band 1 minimum requirements. This band includes two frequency ranges that are harmonised
in Europe:
a) According to [i.21] and [i.22], radio equipment in band n65 operates between 2 110 MHz and 2 170 MHz for
the transmitter (FDL_low = 2 110 MHz and FDL_high = 2 170 MHz), and between 1 920 MHz and 1 980 MHz for
the receiver (FUL_low = 1 920 MHz and FUL_high = 1 980 MHz).
b) Based on [i.29], radio equipment in band n65 operates between 2 170 MHz and 2 200 MHz for the
transmitter (FDL_low = 2 170 MHz and FDL_high = 2 200 MHz) and between 1 980 MHz and 2 010 MHz for the
receiver (FUL_low = 1 980 MHz and FUL_high = 2 010 MHz) as the Complementary Ground Component (CGC)
of a Mobile-satellite service by reference to the present Harmonised Standard.
NOTE 6: In Europe, according to [i.14], [i.15] and [i.16], radio equipment in band 28 operates between 703 MHz to
736 MHz for the transmitter (FUL_low = 703 MHz and FUL_high = 736 MHz) and between 758 MHz to 791 MHz for
the receiver (FDL_low = 758 MHz and FDL_high = 791 MHz).
NOTE 7: In Europe according to [i.24] and [i.25], radio equipment in band 41 operates between 2 500 MHz and 2 570 MHz
(FDL_low = 2 500 MHz and FDL_high = 2 570 MHz).

NOTE 1: The relationship between the present document and essential requirements of article 3.2 of Directive
2014/53/EU [i.2] is given in annex A.

Table 1-1A: Sub-bands for band 46

E-UTRA Band
46a
46b
46c
NOTE: The sub-bands 46a and 46b are restricted to
indoor use only.

Table 1-2: E-UTRA UE Intra-band contiguous CA operating bands

E-UTRA CA Band
CA_1
CA_3
CA_7
CA_38
CA_40
CA_41
CA_42

ETSI
 15 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 1-3: E-UTRA UE Inter-band CA operating bands (two bands)

E-UTRA CA Band
CA_1-3
CA_1-7
CA_1-8
CA_1-20
CA_1-41
CA_1-42
CA_1-46
CA_3-7
CA_3-8
CA_3-20
CA_3-28
CA_3-41
CA_3-42
CA_3-46
CA_7-20
CA_7-28
CA_7-46
CA_8-20
CA_8-40
CA_8-41
CA_20-32
CA_41-42
CA_41-46
CA_42-46
CA_20-67

Table 1-4: E-UTRA UE Inter-band CA operating bands (three bands)

E-UTRA CA Band
CA_1-3-8
CA_1-3-20
CA_1-7-20
CA_3-7-20
CA_3-41-42

Table 1-5: Intra-band non-contiguous CA operating bands (with two sub-blocks)

E-UTRA CA Band
CA_3-3
CA_7-7
CA 41-41
CA_42-42

E-UTRA NB-IoT is designed to operate in the E-UTRA operating bands 1, 3, 8, 20, 28 and 65 defined in table 1-1. The
present document covers requirements for E-UTRA FDD and E-UTRA TDD User Equipment from 3GPP™ Releases 8,
9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 defined in ETSI TS 136 101 [3]. This includes the requirements for E-UTRA UE operating bands
and E-UTRA CA operating bands from 3GPP™ Release 13 defined in ETSI TS 136 101 [3].

NOTE 2: For Band 20:

 For user equipment designed to be mobile or nomadic, the requirements in the present document
measured at the antenna port also show conformity to the corresponding requirement defined as
Total Radiated Power (TRP), as described in Commission Decision 2010/267/EU [i.6] and ECC
Decision (09)03 [i.7].

 For user equipment designed to be fixed or installed, the present document does not address the
requirements described in Commission Decision 2010/267/EU [i.6] and ECC Decision (09)03 [i.7].

ETSI
 16 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

The present document contains requirements to demonstrate that radio equipment both effectively uses and supports the
efficient use of radio spectrum in order to avoid harmful interference.

2 References

2.1 Normative references

References are either specific (identified by date of publication and/or edition number or version number) or non-
specific. For specific references, only the cited version applies. For non-specific references, the latest version of the
referenced document (including any amendments) applies.

Referenced documents which are not found to be publicly available in the expected location might be found at
https://docbox.etsi.org/Reference/.

NOTE: While any hyperlinks included in this clause were valid at the time of publication, ETSI cannot guarantee
their long term validity.

The following referenced documents are necessary for the application of the present document.

[1] ETSI TS 136 521-1 (V17.7.0) (07-2023): "LTE; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
(E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE) conformance specification; Radio transmission and reception;
Part 1: Conformance testing (3GPP TS 36.521-1 version 17.7.0 Release 17)".

[2] ETSI TS 136 508 (V17.6.0) (07-2023): "LTE; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
(E-UTRA) and Evolved Packet Core (EPC); Common test environments for User Equipment (UE)
conformance testing (3GPP TS 36.508 version 17.6.0 Release 17)".

[3] ETSI TS 136 101 (V13.25.0) (07-2023): "LTE; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
(E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception (3GPP TS 36.101 version
13.25.0 Release 13)".

[4] IEC 60068-2-1:2007 ED 6.0: "Environmental testing - Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold".

[5] IEC 60068-2-2:2007 ED 5.0: "Environmental testing - Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat".

[6] ETSI TS 137 544 (V16.3.0) (05-2024): "Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS);
LTE; Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA) and Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA); User
Equipment (UE) Over The Air (OTA) performance; Conformance testing (3GPP TS 37.544
version 16.3.0 Release 16)".

2.2 Informative references

References are either specific (identified by date of publication and/or edition number or version number) or
non-specific. For specific references, only the cited version applies. For non-specific references, the latest version of the
referenced document (including any amendments) applies.

NOTE: While any hyperlinks included in this clause were valid at the time of publication, ETSI cannot guarantee
their long term validity.

The following referenced documents are not necessary for the application of the present document but they assist the
user with regard to a particular subject area.

[i.1] Void.

[i.2] Directive 2014/53/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on the
harmonisation of the laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of
radio equipment and repealing Directive 1999/5/EC.

[i.3] ETSI EG 203 336 (V1.2.1) (05-2020): "Guide for the selection of technical parameters for the
production of Harmonised Standards covering article 3.1(b) and article 3.2 of Directive
2014/53/EU".

ETSI
 17 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

[i.4] Recommendation ITU-R SM.329-12 (2012): "Unwanted emissions in the spurious domain".

[i.5] ETSI TR 100 028 (all parts) (V1.4.1): "Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters
(ERM); Uncertainties in the measurement of mobile radio equipment characteristics".

[i.6] Commission Decision 2010/267/EU of 6 May 2010 on harmonised technical conditions of use in
the 790-862 MHz frequency band for terrestrial systems capable of providing electronic
communications services in the European Union.

[i.7] ECC Decision (09)03 of 30 October 2009 on harmonised conditions for mobile/fixed
communications networks (MFCN) operating in the band 790 - 862 MHz.

[i.8] Void.

[i.9] Commission Implementing Decision C(2015) 5376 final of 4.8.2015 on a standardisation request
to the European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation and to the European
Telecommunications Standards Institute as regards radio equipment in support of Directive
2014/53/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council.

[i.10] ETSI TS 136 509 (V10.3.0) (09-2014): "LTE; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-
UTRA) and Evolved Packet Core (EPC); Special conformance testing functions for User
Equipment (UE) (3GPP TS 36.509 version 10.3.0 Release 10)".

[i.11] Void.

[i.12] ETSI EN 301 908-1 (V13.1.1): "IMT cellular networks; Harmonised Standard for access to radio
spectrum; Part 1: Introduction and common requirements".

[i.13] ETSI TR 125 914 (V15.0.1) (09-2018): "Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS);
Measurements of radio performances for UMTS terminals in speech mode (3GPP TR 25.914
version 15.0.1 Release 15)".

[i.14] Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2016/687 of 28 April 2016 on the harmonisation of the
694-790 MHz frequency band for terrestrial systems capable of providing wireless broadband
electronic communications services and for flexible national use in the Union.

[i.15] ECC Decision (15)01: "Harmonised technical conditions for mobile/fixed communications
networks (MFCN) in the band 694-790 MHz including a paired frequency arrangement
(Frequency Division Duplex 2x30 MHz) and an optional unpaired frequency arrangement
(Supplemental Downlink)", Approved 06 March 2015.

[i.16] ECC Decision (19)02: "Land mobile systems in the frequency ranges 68-87.5 MHz,
146-174 MHz, 406.1-410 MHz, 410-430 MHz, 440-450 MHz and 450-470 MHz", approved 8
March 2019.

[i.17] Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/661 of 26 April 2018 amending Implementing
Decision (EU) 2015/750 on the harmonisation of the 1452-1492 MHz frequency band for
terrestrial systems capable of providing electronic communications services in the Union as
regards its extension in the harmonised 1427-1452 MHz and 1492-1517 MHz frequency bands.

[i.18] ECC Decision (13)03: "The harmonised use of the frequency band 1 452-1 492 MHz for
Mobile/Fixed Communications Networks Supplemental Downlink (MFCN SDL)".

[i.19] Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/173 of 7 February 2022 on the harmonisation of
the 900 MHz and 1800 MHz frequency bands for terrestrial systems capable of providing
electronic communications services in the Union and repealing Decision 2009/766/EC.

[i.20] ECC Decision (06)13: "Designation of the bands 880-915 MHz, 925-960 MHz, 1710-1785 MHz
and 1805-1880 MHz for terrestrial UMTS, LTE, WiMAX and IoT cellular systems", Approved 01
December 2006, Amended 8 March 2019.

[i.21] Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2020/667 of 6 May 2020 amending Decision
2012/688/EU as regards an update of relevant technical conditions applicable to the frequency
bands 1 920-1 980 MHz and 2 110-2 170 MHz.

ETSI
 18 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

[i.22] ECC Decision (06)01: The harmonised utilisation of the bands1920-1980 MHz and
2110-2170 MHz for mobile/fixed communications networks (MFCN) including terrestrial IMT
systems, Approved 24 March 2006, Amended 8 March 2019. .

[i.23] ECC Decision (14)02: "Harmonised technical and regulatory conditions for the use of the band
2300-2400 MHz for Mobile/Fixed Communications Networks (MFCN)", Approved 27 June 2014.

[i.24] Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2020/636 of 8 May 2020 amending Decision
2008/477/EC as regards an update of relevant technical conditions applicable to the
2 500-2 690 MHz frequency band.

[i.25] ECC Decision (05)05: "Harmonised utilization of spectrum for Mobile/Fixed Communications
Networks (MFCN) operating within the band 2500-2690 MHz", Approved 18 March 2005,
Amended 05 July 2019.

[i.26] Commission implementing Decision (EU) 2019/235 of 24 January 2019 on amending Decision
2008/411/EC as regards an update of relevant technical conditions applicable to the
3 400-3 800 MHz frequency band.

[i.27] ECC Decision (11)06: "Harmonised frequency arrangements and least restrictive technical
conditions (LRTC) for mobile/fixed communications networks (MFCN) operating in the band
3400-3800 MHz" Approved 09 December 2011, Amended 26 October 2018.

[i.28] ECC Decision (06)09: "Designation of the bands 1980-2010 MHz and 2170-2200 MHz for use by
systems in the Mobile-Satellite Service including those supplemented by a Complementary
Ground Component (CGC)", Approved 01 December 2006, Amended 05 September 2007.

[i.29] Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/179 of 8 February 2022 on the harmonised use of
radio spectrum in the 5 GHz frequency band for the implementation of wireless access systems
including radio local area networks and repealing Decision 2005/513/EC.

[i.30] ECC Decision (04)08: "On the harmonised use of the 5 GHz frequency bands for Wireless Access
Systems including Radio Local Area Networks (WAS/RLAN)". Approved 09 July 2004, latest
amended 1 July 2022.

3 Definition of terms, symbols and abbreviations

3.1 Terms
For the purposes of the present document, the following terms apply:

aggregated Channel Bandwidth: RF bandwidth in which a UE transmits and receives multiple contiguously
aggregated carriers

aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration: number of resource block allocated within the aggregated
channel bandwidth

carrier aggregation: aggregation of two or more component carriers in order to support wider transmission bandwidths

carrier aggregation band: set of one or more operating bands across which multiple carriers are aggregated with a
specific set of technical requirements

ETSI
 19 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

carrier aggregation bandwidth class: class defined by the aggregated transmission bandwidth configuration and
maximum number of component carriers supported by a UE

Table 3.1-1: CA bandwidth classes and corresponding nominal guard bands

CA Bandwidth Aggregated Transmission Number of Nominal Guard Band BWGB
Class Bandwidth Configuration contiguous CC
A NRB,agg ≤ 100 1 a1 BW Channel(1) - 0,5Δf1 (note 2)
B NRB,agg ≤ 100 2 0,05 max(BW Channel(1),BW Channel(2))
- 0,5Δf1
C 100 < NRB,agg ≤ 200 2 0,05 max(BW Channel(1), BW Channel(2))
- 0,5Δf1
NOTE 1: BW Channel(j), j = 1, 2, 3, is the channel bandwidth of an E-UTRA component carrier according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 5.4.2-1 and Δf1 = Δf for the downlink with Δf the subcarrier spacing while Δf1 = 0 for
the uplink.
NOTE 2: a1 = 0,16/1,4 for BW Channel(1) = 1,4 MHz whereas a1 = 0,05 for all other channel bandwidths.

carrier aggregation configuration: combination of CA operating band(s) and CA bandwidth class(es) supported by a
UE

channel bandwidth: RF bandwidth supporting a single E-UTRA RF carrier with the transmission bandwidth
configured in the uplink or downlink of a cell

NOTE 1: The channel bandwidth is measured in MHz and is used as a reference for transmitter and receiver RF
requirements.

NOTE 2: Channel Bandwidth and Transmission Bandwidth Configuration for one E UTRA carrier are described in
figure 3.1-1.

Channel Bandwidth [MHz]

Transmission Bandwidth Configuration [RB]

Transmission
Bandwidth [RB]

Channel edge Channel edge

Resource block

Center subcarrier is not transmitted

Active Resource Blocks In downlink

Figure 3.1-1: Channel Bandwidth and

Transmission Bandwidth Configuration for one E-UTRA carrier

channel bandwidth for carrier aggregation: RF bandwidth aggregated from more than one E-UTRA RF carrier with
the transmission bandwidth configured in the uplink or downlink of different cells

NOTE 1: Aggregated channel bandwidth and aggregated channel bandwidth edges for more than one E-UTRA
carrier are described in figure 3.1-2 as in ETSI TS 136 101 [3].

ETSI
 20 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Aggregated Channel Bandwidth, BWchannel_CA [MHz]

Lower Edge

Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration,

Higher Edge
N [RB]
Lowest Carrier Transmission
Guard Band

Highest Carrier Transmission

Bandwidth Configuration,

Guard Band
Bandwidth Configuration
NRB,low [RB]
NRB,high [RB]
Resource block

Foffset,low Foffset,high

Fedge,low FC,low FC,high Fedge,high

For each carrier, the center sub carrier (corresponds
to DC in baseband) is not transmitted in downlink

Figure 3.1-2: Aggregated channel bandwidth and

aggregated channel bandwidth edges for more than one E-UTRA carrier

Figure 3.1-3 shows the relation between the category NB1 channel bandwidth (BWChannel) and the category NB1
transmission bandwidth configuration (Ntone). The channel edges are defined as the lowest and highest frequencies of
the carrier separated by the channel bandwidth, i.e. at FC ± BWChannel / 2.

NOTE 2: Channel bandwidth and transmission bandwidth for category NB1 are described in figure 3.1-3 as in
ETSI TS 136 101 [3].

Figure 3.1-3: Definition of Channel Bandwidth and

Transmission Bandwidth configuration for category NB1

channel edge: lowest and highest frequency of the carrier, separated by the channel bandwidth

ETSI
 21 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

contiguous carriers: set of two or more carriers configured in a spectrum block where there are no RF requirements
based on co-existence for un-coordinated operation within the spectrum block

inter-band carrier aggregation: carrier aggregation of component carriers in different operating bands

NOTE: Carriers aggregated in each band can be contiguous or non-contiguous.

intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation: contiguous carriers aggregated in the same operating band

intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation: non-contiguous carriers aggregated in the same operating band

Maximum Output Power (MOP): mean power level per carrier of UE measured at the antenna connector in a
specified reference condition

mean power: power measured in the operating system bandwidth of the carrier when applied to E-UTRA transmissions

NOTE: The period of measurement is assumed to be at least one subframe (1 ms) unless otherwise stated.

network signalled value: signalling value sent from the BS to the UE to indicate additional unwanted emission
requirements to the UE

occupied bandwidth: width of a frequency band such that, below the lower and above the upper frequency limits, the
mean powers emitted are each equal to a specified percentage β/2 of the total mean power of a given emission

operating band: frequency range (paired or unpaired) that is defined with a specific set of technical requirements, in
which E-UTRA operates

NOTE: Operating bands for E-UTRA are designated with Arabic numerals, while the corresponding operating
bands for UTRA are designated with Roman numerals.

output power: mean power of one carrier of the UE, delivered to a load with resistance equal to the nominal load
impedance of the transmitter

reference bandwidth: bandwidth in which an emission level is specified

resource block: physical resource consisting of a number of symbols in the time domain and a number of consecutive
subcarriers spanning 180 kHz in the frequency domain

sub-block: one contiguous allocated block of spectrum for transmission and reception by the same UE, in which there
may be multiple instances of sub-blocks within an RF bandwidth

transmission bandwidth: bandwidth of an instantaneous transmission from a UE or BS, measured in Resource Block
units

NOTE: See figure 3.1-1.

transmission bandwidth configuration: highest transmission bandwidth allowed for uplink or downlink in a given
channel bandwidth, measured in Resource Block units

NOTE: See figure 3.1-1.

transmit diversity: transmit diversity is based on space-frequency block coding techniques complemented with
frequency-shift time diversity when four transmit antennas are used

3.2 Symbols
For the purposes of the present document, the following symbols apply:

ΔfOOB Δ Frequency of out-of-band emission

BWChannel Channel bandwidth
BWChannel_CA Aggregated channel bandwidth, expressed in MHz
BWGB Virtual guard band to facilitate transmitter (receiver) filtering above/below edge CCs

ETSI
 22 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

BWInterferer Channel Bandwidth of the interferer

ERS Transmitted energy per RE for reference symbols during the useful part of the symbol,
i.e. excluding the cyclic prefix, (average power normalized to the subcarrier spacing) at the
eNode B transmit antenna connector
Ês The received energy per RE during the useful part of the symbol, i.e. excluding the cyclic prefix,
averaged across the allocated RB(s) (average power within the allocated RB(s)), divided by the
number of RE within this allocation and normalized to the subcarrier spacing) at the UE antenna
connector
BWUTRA Channel Bandwidth UTRA
F Frequency
FInterferer (offset) Frequency offset of the interferer
FInterferer Frequency of the interferer
FIoffset Frequency offset of the interferer
FC Frequency of the carrier centre frequency
FCA_low The centre frequency of the lowest carrier, expressed in MHz
FCA_high The centre frequency of the highest carrier, expressed in MHz
FDL_low The lowest frequency of the downlink operating band
FDL_high The highest frequency of the downlink operating band
FUL_low The lowest frequency of the uplink operating band
FUL_high The highest frequency of the uplink operating band
Fedge_low The lower edge of aggregated channel bandwidth, expressed in MHz
Fedge_high The higher edge of aggregated channel bandwidth, expressed in MHz
Foffset_NS_23 Frequency offset in MHz needed if NS_23 is used
Io The power spectral density of the total input signal (power averaged over the useful part of the
symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the total number of RE for
this configuration and normalized to the subcarrier spacing) at the UE antenna connector,
including the own-cell downlink signal or the power spectral density of the total input signal at the
UE antenna connector (power averaged over the useful part of the symbols within a given
bandwidth and normalized to the said bandwidth), including the own-cell downlink signal
I or The total transmitted power spectral density of the own-cell downlink signal (power averaged over
the useful part of the symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the
total number of RE for this configuration and normalized to the subcarrier spacing) at the eNode B
transmit antenna connector
Iˆor The total received power spectral density of the own-cell downlink signal (power averaged over
the useful part of the symbols within the transmission bandwidth configuration, divided by the
total number of RE for this configuration and normalized to the subcarrier spacing) at the UE
antenna connector
I ot The received power spectral density of the total noise and interference for a certain RE (average
power obtained within the RE and normalized to the subcarrier spacing) as measured at the UE
antenna connector
LCRB Transmission bandwidth which represents the length of a contiguous resource block allocation
expressed in units of resources blocks
N oc The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalized to the
subcarrier spacing), simulating interference from cells that are not defined in a test procedure, as
measured at the UE antenna connector
Noc1 The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalized to the
subcarrier spacing), simulating interference in non-CRS symbols in ABS subframe from cells that
are not defined in a test procedure, as measured at the UE antenna connector
Noc2 The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalized to the
subcarrier spacing), simulating interference in CRS symbols in ABS subframe from all cells that
are not defined in a test procedure, as measured at the UE antenna connector

ETSI
 23 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Noc3 The power spectral density of a white noise source (average power per RE normalized to the
subcarrier spacing), simulating interference in non-ABS subframe from cells that are not defined
in a test procedure, as measured at the UE antenna connector
NOffs-DL Offset used for calculating downlink EARFCN
NOffs-UL Offset used for calculating uplink EARFCN
NRB Transmission bandwidth configuration, expressed in units of resource blocks
NRB_agg Aggregated Transmission Bandwidth Configuration The number of the aggregated RBs within the
fully allocated Aggregated Channel bandwidth
Ntone Transmission bandwidth configuration for category NB1, expressed in units of tones
Ntone 3,75 kHz Transmission bandwidth configuration for category NB1 with 3,75 kHz sub-carrier spacing,
expressed in units of tones
Ntone 15 kHz Transmission bandwidth configuration for category NB1 with 15 kHz sub-carrier spacing,
expressed in units of tones
NUL Uplink EARFCN
NS_x Network signalled value "x"
P Number of cell-specific antenna ports
p Antenna port number
PInterferer Modulated mean power of the interferer
PUMAX Maximum UE Power with possible power reduction due to modulation type, network signalling
values and location near the edge of the band
Rav Minimum average throughput per RB

3.3 Abbreviations
For the purposes of the present document, the following abbreviations apply:

AC Access Channel
ACLR Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio
ACS Adjacent Channel Selectivity
BER Bit Error Rate
BB-PPDR Broadband Public Protection and Disaster Relief
BS Base Station
BW BandWidth
CA Carrier Aggregation
CA_NS Network Signalled value in Carrier Aggregation
CA_X CA for band X where X is the applicable E-UTRA operating band
CA_X-Y CA for band X and Band Y where X and Y are the applicable E-UTRA operating band
CA_XZ CA for band X with bandwidth class Z where X is the applicable E-UTRA operating band and Z is
the bandwidth class
CC Component Carrier
CE Coverage Enhancement
CP Control Plane
CW Continuous Wave
DCI Downlink Control Information
DL DownLink
DL CA Downlink Carrier Aggregation
DTT Digital Terrestrial Television
DUT Device Under Test
EARFCN E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number
EFTA European Free Trade Association
EIS Effective Isotropic Sensitivity
ERM Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters
EUT Equipment Under Test
EUTRA Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
E-UTRA Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
FDD Frequency Division Duplex
GMSK Gaussian Minimum-Shift Keying

ETSI
 24 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

GSM Global System for Mobile

HARQ Hybrid Acknowledge Request
HD-FDD Half- Duplex FDD
IMT International Mobile Telecommunications
LTE Long Term Evolution
LTE-A LTE-Advanced
MAC Medium Access Control
MBW Measurement BandWidth
MCC Mobile Country Code
MOP Maximum Output Power
MPDCCH Machine-Type-Communications Physical Downlink Control Channel
MSG Mobile Standards Group
NB Narrowband IoT
NPDCCH Narrowband Physical Downlink Control Channel
NPDSCH Narrowband Physical Downlink Shared Channel
NPUSCH Narrowband Physical Uplink Shared Channel
OCNG OFDMA Channel Noise Generator
OOB Out Of Band
OP OFDMA Channel Noise Generator Pattern
OTA Over The Air
PCC Primary Component Carrier
PDCCH Physical Downlink Control CHannel
PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
PHICH Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator CHannel
PSD Power Spectral Density
PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
RB Resource Block
RE Resource Element
REFSENS REFerence SENSitivity power level
RF Radio Frequency
RMC Reference Measurement Channel
RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier
RRC Root Raised Cosine
Rx Receiver
SCC Secondary Component Carrier
SS System Simulator
TDD Time Division Duplex
TFES Task Force for European Standards for IMT
TH Temperature High
TH/VH High extreme Temperature/High extreme Voltage
TH/VL High extreme Temperature/Low extreme Voltage
TL Temperature Low
TL/VH Low extreme Temperature/High extreme Voltage
TL/VL Low extreme Temperature/Low extreme Voltage
TPC Transmitter Power Control
TRP Total Radiated Power
TRS Total Radiated Sensitivity
Tx Transmitter
UE User Equipment
UL Uplink
UL-MIMO Uplink Multiple Antenna transmission
UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
UTRA UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
VH Higher extreme Voltage
VL Lower extreme Voltage

ETSI
 25 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4 Technical requirements specifications

4.1 Environmental profile

The technical requirements of the present document apply under the environmental profile for operation of the
equipment, which shall be in accordance with its intended use. The equipment shall comply with all the technical
requirements of the present document at all times when operating within the boundary limits of the operational
environmental profile defined by its intended use.

4.2 Conformance requirements

4.2.0 General
The requirements in the present document are based on the assumption that the operating band (see tables 1-1 through
1-5) is shared between systems of the IMT family (for bands 3 and 8 also GSM) or systems having compatible
characteristics.

4.2.1 Introduction
To meet the essential requirement under article 3.2 of Directive 2014/53/EU [i.9] for IMT User Equipment (UE), a set
of essential parameters in addition to those in ETSI EN 301 908-1 [i.12] have been identified. Table 4.2.1-1 provides a
cross reference between these essential parameters and the corresponding technical requirements for equipment within
the scope of the present document.

Table 4.2.1-1: Cross references

Essential parameter Corresponding technical requirements Corresponding
test suite
Transmitter spectrum mask 4.2.3 Transmitter Spectrum emissions mask 5.3.2
Transmitter unwanted emissions in the 4.2.11 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power 5.3.10
out-of-band domain ratio
Transmitter unwanted emissions in the
4.2.4 Transmitter spurious emissions 5.3.3
spurious domain
Transmitter power limits 4.2.2 Transmitter maximum output power 5.3.1
Transmitter Power Control (TPC) 4.2.5 Transmitter minimum output power 5.3.4
Transmitter power accuracy 4.2.2 Transmitter maximum output power 5.3.1
Receiver unwanted emissions in the spurious
4.2.10 Receiver spurious emissions 5.3.9
domain
Receiver blocking
4.2.7 Receiver Blocking characteristics 5.3.6
Receiver desensitization
Receiver spurious response rejection 4.2.8 Receiver spurious response 5.3.7
Receiver radio-frequency intermodulation 4.2.9 Receiver Intermodulation characteristics 5.3.8
Receiver adjacent signal selectivity 4.2.6 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) 5.3.5
Receiver sensitivity 4.2.12 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level 5.3.11
4.2.13 Receiver Total Radiated Sensitivity (TRS) 5.3.12
Antenna
4.2.14 Total Radiated Power (TRP) 5.3.13
Equipment operating under the control of a ETSI EN 301 908-1 [i.12], clause 4.2.4 Control and
network Monitoring functions

Unless otherwise stated, the transmitter and receiver characteristics are specified at the antenna connector(s) of the UE.
For UE(s) with an integral antenna only, a reference antenna(s) with a gain of 0 dBi should be assumed for each antenna
port(s). A UE with integral antenna(s) may be taken into account by converting these power levels into field strength
requirements, assuming a 0 dBi gain antenna. Over The Air (OTA) antenna characteristics are specified in terms of
Receiver Total Radiated Sensitivity (TRS) and Total Radiated Power (TRP).

ETSI
 26 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.2 Transmitter Maximum Output Power

4.2.2.1 Transmitter maximum output power for Single Carrier

4.2.2.1.1 Definition
The following UE Power Classes define the maximum output power for any transmission bandwidth within the channel
bandwidth. The period of measurement shall be at least one sub-frame (1 ms).

4.2.2.1.2 Limits
The UE maximum output power shall be within the range in table 4.2.2.1.2-1.

Table 4.2.2.1.2-1: UE power classes

E-UTRA Band Power Class 3
Lower Limit (dBm) Upper Limit (dBm)
1 20,3 25,7
3 20,3 (see note) 25,7
7 20,3 (see note) 25,7
8 20,3 (see note) 25,7
20 20,3 (see note) 25,0
22 18,5 26,0
28 19,8 25,0
31 20,3 25,7
33 20,3 25,7
34 20,3 25,7
38 20,3 25,7
40 20,3 25,0
41 20.3 25.7
42 19,0 26,0
43 19,0 26,0
65 20,3 25,7
68 20,3 25,7
72 20,3 25,7
87 20,3 25,7
88 20,3 25,7
NOTE: For transmission bandwidths (ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 5) confined
within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high, the
maximum output power requirement applies by reducing the lower limit by
1,5 dB.

NOTE: These requirements do not take into account the maximum power reductions allowed to the UE subject to
certain transmission conditions specified in ETSI TS 136 101 [3], clauses 6.2.3 and 6.2.4.

4.2.2.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.1 of the present document.

4.2.2.2 Transmitter output power for Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA)

4.2.2.2.1 Definition
The following UE Power Classes define the maximum output power for any transmission bandwidth within the
aggregated channel bandwidth.

The maximum output power is measured as the sum of the maximum output power at each UE antenna connector. The
period of measurement shall be at least one sub frame (1 ms).

ETSI
 27 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to two E-UTRA bands, UE maximum output power shall be
measured over all component carriers from different bands. If each band has separate antenna connectors, maximum
output power is measured as the sum of maximum output power at each UE antenna connector.

4.2.2.2.2 Limits
For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the maximum output power shall be within the range in table 4.2.2.2.2-1.

Table 4.2.2.2.2-1: UE power class for intra-band contiguous CA

Power Class 3
E-UTRA CA band
Lower Limit (dBm) Upper Limit (dBm)
CA_1C 20,3 25,7
CA_3C 20,3 (see note 1) 25,7
CA_7C 20,3 (see note 1) 25,7
CA_8B 20,3 (see note 1) 25,7
CA_38C 20,3 25,7
CA_40C 20,3 25,0
CA_41C 20,3 25,7
CA_42C 19,3 25,7
NOTE 1: If all transmitted resource blocks (ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 5) over all
component carriers are confined within FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or/and FUL_high
- 4 MHz and FUL_high, the maximum output power requirement applies by reducing
the lower limit by 1,5 dB.
NOTE 2: For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the maximum power requirement
shall apply to the total transmitted power over all component carriers (per UE).

NOTE: These requirements do not take into account the maximum power reductions allowed to the UE in subject
to certain transmission conditions specified in ETSI TS 136 101 [3], clauses 6.2.3A and 6.2.4A.

For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band, the requirements in clause 4.2.2.1.2
apply.

For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to two E-UTRA bands, the maximum output power is specified
in table 4.2.2.2.2-2.

Table 4.2.2.2.2-2: UE Power Class for uplink inter-band CA (two bands)

E-UTRA CA Class 3 (dBm)

Configuration Lower Limit (dBm) Upper Limit (dBm)
CA_1A-3A 19,3 (see note 2) 25,7
CA_1A-5A 19,3 25,7
CA_1A-7A 19,3 (see note 2) 25,7
CA_1A-8A 19,3 (see note 2) 25,7
CA_1A-28A 19,3 25,7
CA_1A-42A 19,3 25,7
CA_3A-5A 19,3 (see note 2) 25,7
CA_3A-7A 19,3 (see note 2) 25,7
CA_3A-8A 19,3 (see note 2) 25,7
CA_3A-20A 19,3 (see note 2) 25,7
CA_7A-20A 19,3 (see note 2) 25,7
CA_7A-28A 19,3 (see note 2) 25,7
NOTE 1: Void.
NOTE 2: 2 refers to the transmission bandwidths (figure 3.1-1 confined within FUL_low and
FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high, the maximum output
power requirement applies by reducing the lower limit by 1,5 dB.
NOTE 3: PpowerClass is the maximum UE power specified without taking into account the
tolerance.
NOTE 4: For inter-band carrier aggregation the maximum power requirement should apply
to the total transmitted power over all component carriers (per UE).

ETSI
 28 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.2.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.1 of the present document.

4.2.2.3 Transmitter output power for UL-MIMO

4.2.2.3.1 Definition
The following UE Power Classes define the maximum output power for UE with two transmit antenna connectors in
closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme. The UL-MIMO configurations are specified in table 4.2.2.3.1-1.

Table 4.2.2.3.1-1: UL-MIMO configuration in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme

Transmission mode DCI format Codebook Index
Mode 2 DCI format 4 Codebook index 0

The maximum output power is measured as the sum of the maximum output power at each UE antenna connector. The
period of measurement shall be at least one sub frame (1 ms).

4.2.2.3.2 Limits
The UE maximum output power shall be within the range in table 4.2.2.3.2-1.

Table 4.2.2.3.2-1: UE power class for UL-MIMO in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme
E-UTRA Band Power Class 3
Lower Limit (dBm) Upper Limit (dBm)
1 19,3 25,7
3 19,3 (see note) 25,7
7 19,3 (see note) 25,7
8 19,3 (see note) 25,7
20 19,3 (see note) 25,0
22 17,8 (see note) 25,7
28 19,3 25,0
33 19,3 25,7
34 19,3 25,7
38 19,3 25,7
40 19,3 25,0
41 19.3 25.7
42 18,0 26,0
43 18,0 26,0
65 19,3 25,7
68 19,3 25,7
72 19.3 25.7
NOTE: For transmission bandwidths (ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 5) confined within
FUL_low and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high – 4 MHz and FUL_high, the maximum
output power requirement applies by reducing the lower limit by 1,5 dB.

NOTE: These requirements do not take into account the maximum power reductions allowed to the UE subject to
certain transmission conditions specified in ETSI TS 136 101 [3], clauses 6.2.3 and 6.2.4.

4.2.2.3.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.1 of the present document.

ETSI
 29 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.2.4 Transmitter output power for category NB1

4.2.2.4.1 Definition
The following UE Power Classes define the maximum output power for any transmission bandwidth within the
category NB1 channel bandwidth.

For 3,75 kHz sub-carrier spacing, the maximum output power is defined as mean power of measurement which period
is at least one slot (2 ms) excluding the 2 304 Ts gap when UE is not transmitting. For 15 kHz sub-carrier spacing, the
maximum output power is defined as mean power of measurement which period is at least one sub-frame (1 ms).

4.2.2.4.2 Limits
The maximum output power shall be within the range in table 4.2.2.4.2-1.

Table 4.2.2.4.2-1: UE Power Class test requirement

Class 3 Class 5
EUTRA band Lower Limit Upper Limit Lower Limit Upper Limit
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
1 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
3 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
8 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
20 20,3 25,0 17,3 22,7
28 20,3 25,0 17,3 22,7
65 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
72 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
87 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
88 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7

4.2.2.4.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.1 of the present document.

4.2.2.5 Transmitter output power for UE category M1

4.2.2.5.1 Definition
The following UE Power Classes define the maximum output power for any transmission bandwidth within the channel
bandwidth for non CA configuration and UL-MIMO unless otherwise stated. The period of measurement shall be at
least one sub frame (1 ms).

4.2.2.5.2 Limits
The maximum output power shall be within the range in table 4.2.2.5.2-1.

ETSI
 30 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.2.5.2-1: UE Power Class

Class 3 Class 5
EUTRA
Lower Limit Upper Limit (dBm) Lower Limit (dBm) Upper Limit (dBm)
band
(dBm)
1 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
3 20,3 (see note) 25,7 17,3 (see note) 22,7
7 20,3 (see note) 25,7 17,3 (see note) 22,7
8 20,3 (see note) 25,7 17,3 (see note) 22,7
20 20,3 (see note) 25,0 17,3 (see note) 22,7
28 19,8 25,0 16,8 22,7
31 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
41 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
72 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
87 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
88 20,3 25,7 17,3 22,7
NOTE: For transmission bandwidths (ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 5) confined within FUL_low
and FUL_low + 4 MHz or FUL_high - 4 MHz and FUL_high, the maximum output power
requirement applies by reducing the lower limit by 1,5 dB.

4.2.2.5.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.1 of the present document.

4.2.3 Transmitter Spectrum Emission Mask

4.2.3.1 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Single Carrier

4.2.3.1.1 Definition
The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the ± edge of the assigned
E-UTRA channel bandwidth.

4.2.3.1.2 Limits
The power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in tables 4.2.3.1.2-1 to 4.2.3.1.2-3.

Table 4.2.3.1.2-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E UTRA bands ≤ 3 GHz
ΔfOOB (MHz) 1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Measurement bandwidth
0 to 1 -8,5 -11,5 -13,5 -16,5 -18,5 -19,5 30 kHz
1 to 2,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 1 MHz
2,5 to 2,8 -23,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 1 MHz
2,8 to 5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 1 MHz
5 to 6 -23,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
6 to 10 -23,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
10 to 15 -23,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
15 to 20 -23,5 -11,5 1 MHz
20 to 25 -23,5 1 MHz
NOTE 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0,015 MHz and
0,985 MHz.
NOTE 2: The first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter for 1 MHz - 2,5 MHz offset range is at ΔfOOB
equals to 1,5 MHz and 2,0 MHz. Similarly for other ΔfOOB ranges.
NOTE 3: The measurements shall be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge
of the channel.
NOTE 4: For the 2,5 MHz - 2,8 MHz offset range with 1,4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is
at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

ETSI
 31 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.3.1.2-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3 GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4,2 GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/Channel bandwidth
ΔfOOB (MHz) 1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Measurement bandwidth
0 to 1 -8,2 -11,2 -13,2 -16,2 -18,2 -19,2 30 kHz
1 to 2,5 -8,2 1 MHz
2,5 to 2,8 -23,2 -8,2 -8,2 -8,2 -8,2 -8,2 1 MHz
2,8 to 5 1 MHz
5 to 6 -23,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 1 MHz
6 to 10 -23,2 1 MHz
10 to 15 -23,2 1 MHz
15 to 20 -23,2 1 MHz
20 to 25 -23,2 1 MHz
NOTE 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0,015 MHz and
0,985 MHz.
NOTE 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter
is the inside of +0,5 MHz and -0,5 MHz, respectively.
NOTE 3: The measurements shall be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower
edge of the channel.
NOTE 4: For the 2,5 MHz to 2,8 MHz offset range with 1,4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position
is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 4.2.3.1.2-3: Additional spectrum emission mask (network signalled value "NS_01")
Channel Spectrum emission
E-UTRA band Frequency range Measurement Bandwidth
Bandwidth limit (dBm)
863 MHz ≤ f ≤ 867 MHz 10 MHz (note 2) -11,5 1 MHz
20
867 MHz ≤ f ≤ 870 MHz 10 MHz (note 2) -14,5 1 MHz
NOTE 1: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the
inside of +0,5 MHz and -0,5 MHz, respectively.
NOTE 2: The conformance shall be assessed at test frequency 857 MHz with 50 RB allocation.

4.2.3.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.2 of the present document.

4.2.3.2 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL
CA)

4.2.3.2.1 Definition
For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB)
starting from the ± edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth (table 3.1-1).

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation of the bandwidth class B and C, the power of any UE emission shall not
exceed the levels specified in table 6.6.2.1A-0 and table 6.6.2.1A-1 in ETSI TS 136 101 [3] for the specified channel
bandwidth.

4.2.3.2.2 Limits
For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation of the bandwidth class B and C, the power of any UE emission shall not
exceed the levels specified in tables 4.2.3.2.2-1 and 4.2.3.2.2-2 for the specified channel bandwidth.

ETSI
 32 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.3.2.2-1: General E-UTRA CA spectrum emission mask for Bandwidth Class C,
E UTRA bands ≤ 3 GHz

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB 25RB+100RB 50RB+75RB 50RB+100RB 75RB+75RB 75RB+100RB 100RB+100RB Measurement
(MHz) (24,95 MHz) (24,75 MHz) (29,9 MHz) (30 MHz) (34,85 MHz) (39,8 MHz) bandwidth
±0 - 1 -20,5 -20,5 -21 -21 -22 -22,5 30 kHz
±1 - 5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 -8,5 1 MHz
±5 - 24,75 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±24,75 - 24,95 -11,5 -23,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±24,95 - 29,75 -23,5 -23,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±29,75 - 29,9 -23,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±29,9 - 29,95 -23,5 -23,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±29,95 - 30 -23,5 -11,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±30 - 34,85 -23,5 -23,5 -11,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±34,85 - 34,9 -23,5 -23,5 -23,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±34,9 - 35 -23,5 -23,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±35 - 39,8 -23,5 -11,5 1 MHz
±39,8 - 39,85 -23,5 -23,5 1 MHz
±39,85 - 44,8 -23,5 1 MHz
NOTE 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0,015 MHz and 0,985 MHz.
NOTE 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of
+0,5 MHz and -0,5 MHz, respectively.
NOTE 3: The measurements shall be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the
lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

ETSI
 33 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.3.2.2-2: General E-UTRA CA spectrum emission mask for Bandwidth Class C,
3 GHz < E UTRA bands ≤ 4,2 GHz

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB 25RB+100RB 50RB+75RB 50RB+100RB 75RB+75RB 75RB+100RB 100RB+100RB Measurement
(MHz) (24,95 MHz) (24,75 MHz) (29,9 MHz) (30 MHz) (34,85 MHz) (39,8 MHz) bandwidth
±0 - 1 -20,2 -20,2 -20,7 -20,7 -21,7 -22,2 30 kHz
±1 - 5 -8,2 -8,2 -8,2 -8,2 -8,2 -8,2 1 MHz
±5 - -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 1 MHz
24,75
±24,75 - -11,2 -23,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 1 MHz
24,95
±24,95 - -23,2 -23,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 1 MHz
29,75
±29,75 - -23,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 1 MHz
29,9
±29,9 - -23,2 -23,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 1 MHz
29,95
±29,95 - -23,2 -11,2 -11,2 -11,2 1 MHz
30
±30 - -23,2 -23,2 -11,2 -11,2 1 MHz
34,85
±34,85 - -23,2 -23,2 -23,2 -11,2 1 MHz
34,9
±34,9 - -23,2 -23,2 -11,2 1 MHz
35
±35 - -23,2 -11,2 1 MHz
39,8
±39,8 - -23,2 -23,2 1 MHz
39,85
±39,85 - -23,2 1 MHz
44,8
NOTE 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0,015 MHz and 0,985 MHz.
NOTE 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the
inside of +0,5 MHz and -0,5 MHz, respectively.
NOTE 3: The measurements shall be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and
below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA
bands, the spectrum emission mask of the UE is defined per component carrier while both component carriers are active
and the requirements are specified in clause 4.2.3.1.2. If for some frequency spectrum emission masks of component
carriers overlap, then spectrum emission mask allowing higher power spectral density applies for that frequency. If for
some frequency a component carrier spectrum emission mask overlaps with the channel bandwidth of another
component carrier, then the emission mask does not apply for that frequency.

4.2.3.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.2 of the present document.

4.2.3.3 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for UL-MIMO

4.2.3.3.1 Definition
For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the requirements for out-of-band emissions resulting from the modulation process and
non-linearity in the transmitters are specified at each transmit antenna connector.

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA
channel bandwidth.

ETSI
 34 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.3.3.2 Limits
For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the requirements in
clause 4.2.3.1.2 apply to each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO
configurations specified in table 4.2.2.3.1-1.

4.2.3.3.3 Conformance
Conformance tests described in clause 5.3.2 shall be carried out.

4.2.3.4 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a

component carrier

4.2.3.4.1 Definition
For UE supporting multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the operating band.

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA
channel bandwidth.

4.2.3.4.2 Limits
The power of any UE emission shall fulfil the requirements specified in tables 4.2.3.1.2-1 and 4.2.3.1.2-2.

4.2.3.4.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.2 of the present document.

4.2.3.5 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for category NB1

4.2.3.5.1 Definition
The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the ± edge of the assigned
E-UTRA channel bandwidth.

4.2.3.5.2 Limits
The power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in table 4.2.3.5.2-1.

Table 4.2.3.5.2-1: Category NB1 UE spectrum emission mask

ΔfOOB (kHz) Spectrum emission limit (dBm) Measurement bandwidth

±0 24,5 30 kHz
±100 -3,5 30 kHz
±150 -6,5 30 kHz
±300 -27,5 30 kHz
±500 - 1 700 -33,5 30 kHz

4.2.3.5.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.2 of the present document.

ETSI
 35 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.4 Transmitter Spurious Emissions

4.2.4.1 Transmitter spurious emissions for Single Carrier

4.2.4.1.1 Definition
Spurious emissions are emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter effects such as harmonics emission,
parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products, but exclude out-of-band emissions.
The spurious emission limits are specified in terms of general requirements in line with Recommendation ITU-R
SM.329-12 [i.4] and E-UTRA operating band requirement to address UE co-existence.

4.2.4.1.2 Limits
The spurious emission limits in table 4.2.4.1.2-2 apply for the frequency ranges that are more than ΔfOOB (MHz) from
the edge of the channel bandwidth shown in table 4.2.4.1.2-1.

The measured average power of spurious emission for general requirements shall not exceed the described values in
table 4.2.4.1.2-2.

The measured average power of spurious emission for E-UTRA operating band specific requirements to protected
bands shall not exceed the described values in tables 4.2.4.1.2-3 to 4.2.4.1.2-6.

Table 4.2.4.1.2-1: ΔfOOB boundary between E-UTRA channel and spurious emission domain

Channel bandwidth 1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
ΔfOOB (MHz) 2,8 6 10 15 20 25

NOTE 1: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the
measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency
range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should
be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth defined for the protected band.

Table 4.2.4.1.2-2: General spurious emissions limits

Frequency range Maximum level Measurement bandwidth Comment
9 kHz ≤ f < 150 kHz -36 dBm 1 kHz
150 kHz ≤ f < 30 MHz -36 dBm 10 kHz
30 MHz ≤ f < 1 000 MHz -36 dBm 100 kHz
1 GHz ≤ f < 12,75 GHz -30 dBm 1 MHz
12,75 GHz ≤ f < 5th -30 dBm 1 MHz See note
harmonic of the upper
frequency edge of the UL
operating band in GHz
NOTE: Shall apply for Band 22, 42 and Band 43.

The additional requirements in table 4.2.4.1.2-3 apply for the frequency ranges that are more and less than
ΔfOOB (MHz) from the edge of the channel bandwidth shown in table 4.2.4.1.2-1.

ETSI
 36 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.4.1.2-3: Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

(network signalled value "NS_01")
Spurious emission
E-
Protected band Frequency range Maximum MBW (MHz) Comment
UTRA
(MHz) Level
Band
(dBm)
1 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
22, 28, 31, 32, 38, 40,
41,42, 43, 65, 67, 68, 72, 87,
88
E-UTRA Band 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
Frequency range 1 895 - 1 915 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 8
Frequency range 1 915 - 1 920 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 8,
42
3 E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38, 40,
41, 43, 65, 67, 68, 72, 87,
88
E-UTRA Band 3 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 22, 42 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
7 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
22, 28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 40,
42, 43, 65, 67, 68, 72, 87, 88
Frequency range 2 570 - 2 575 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 4
Frequency range 2 575 - 2 595 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 4
Frequency range 2 595 2 620 -40 1 Notes 3, 4
8 E-UTRA Band 1, 20, 28, 31, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
32, 33, 34, 38, 40, 65, 67,
68, 72, 87, 88
E-UTRA Band 3, 41 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
E-UTRA Band 7 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
E-UTRA Band 8 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 22, 42, 43 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
20 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 22, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
31, 32, 33, 34, 40, 43, 65,
67, 68, 72, 87, 88
E-UTRA Band 20 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 38, 42 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
Frequency range 758 - 788 -50 1
22 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38, 40,
43, 65, 67, 68, 72, 87, 88
Frequency range 3 510 - 3 525 -40 1 Note 3
Frequency range 3 525 - 3 590 -50 1
28 E-UTRA Band 3, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
31, 34, 38, 41, 72, 87, 88
E-UTRA Band 1, 22, 32, 42, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
43, 65
E-UTRA Band 1 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Notes 6,
19
Frequency range 758 - 773 -32 1 Note 3
Frequency range 773 - 803 -50 1

Frequency range 470 - 694 -42 8 Notes 3, 7

31 E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
22, 28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38,
40, 42, 43, 65, 67, 68, 72,
87, 88
E-UTRA Band 3 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
33 E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 9
22, 28, 31, 32, 34, 38, 40,
42, 43, 65, 67, 72, 87, 88
E-UTRA Band 3 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3

ETSI
 37 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Spurious emission
E-
Protected band Frequency range Maximum MBW (MHz) Comment
UTRA
(MHz) Level
Band
(dBm)
34 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 9
22, 28, 31, 32, 33, 38, 40,
41, 42, 43, 65, 67, 72, 87,
88
38 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
22, 28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 40,
42, 43, 65, 67, 68, 72, 87,
88
Frequency range 2 620 - 2 645 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 5
Frequency range 2 645 - 2 690 -40 1 Notes 3, 5
40 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
22, 28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38,
41, 42, 43, 65, 67, 68, 72,
87, 88
Frequency range 1 884,5 - 1915,7 -41 0,3
Frequency range 1 475 - 1 518 -50 1
Frequency range 3 300 - 4 200 -50 1
Frequency range 4 400 - 5 000 -50 1 Note 2
41 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 8, 28, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
34, 40, 42, 65,
Frequency range 1 884,5 1 915,7 -41 0,3 Note 30
42 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38, 40,
41, 65, 67, 68, 72, 87, 88
Frequency range 1884.5 - 1915.7 -41 0.3
43 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38, 40,
65, 67, 68, 72, 87, 88
65 E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
22, 28, 31, 32, 38, 40, 42,
43, 65, 68, 72, 87, 88
E-UTRA Band 3 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 5, 11, 18, 19, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
21, 26, 27, 41
E-UTRA Band 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 36
Frequency range 1 884,5 - 1 915,7 -41 0,3 Note 37
Frequency range 1 900 - 1 915 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 8
Frequency range 1 915 - 1 920 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 8
68 E-UTRA Band 3, 7, 8, 20, -
22, 28, 31, 38, 40, 42, 43, FDL_low FDL_high -50 1
65, 72, 87, 88
E-UTRA Band 1 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
72 E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 20, 22, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38, 42,
43, 47, 52, 65, 68, 72, 87,
88
E-UTRA Band 3, 8, 40 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
Frequency range 470 - 694 -42 8

ETSI
 38 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Spurious emission
E-
Protected band Frequency range Maximum MBW (MHz) Comment
UTRA
(MHz) Level
Band
(dBm)
87 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 22, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38, 40,
42, 43, 47, 52, 65, 68, 72
E-UTRA Band, 20 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
E-UTRA Band 87, 88 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
Frequency range 470 - 694 -42 8
88 E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
22, 28, 31, 32, 33, 34, 38,
40, 42, 43, 47, 52, 65, 68,
72
E-UTRA Band 87 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 88 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
Frequency range 470 - 694 -42 8
NOTE 1: FDL_low and FDL_high refer to each frequency range of the protected E-UTRA band.
NOTE 2: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirements defined in table 4.2.4.1.2-2 are
permitted for each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 2nd, 3rd or 4th harmonic spurious
emissions. Due to spreading of the harmonic emission, the exception shall be allowed for the first 1 MHz
frequency range immediately outside the harmonic emission on both sides of the harmonic emission. This
results in an overall exception interval centred at the harmonic emission of (2 MHz + N x LCRB x 180 kHz),
where N is 2, 3, 4 for the 2nd, 3rd or 4th harmonic respectively. The exception is allowed if the measurement
bandwidth (MBW) totally or partially overlaps the overall exception interval.
NOTE 3: These requirements shall also apply for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in
table 4.2.4.1.2-1 from the edge of the channel bandwidth.
NOTE 4: This requirement shall be applicable for any channel bandwidths within the range 2 500 MHz to 2 570 MHz with
the following restriction: for carriers of 15 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the range
2 560,5 MHz to 2 562,5 MHz and for carriers of 20 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the
range 2 552 MHz to 2 560 MHz the requirement is applicable only for an uplink transmission bandwidth less
than or equal to 54 RB.
NOTE 5: This requirement shall be applicable for any channel bandwidths within the range 2 570 MHz to 2 615 MHz with
the following restriction: for carriers of 15 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the range
2 605,5 MHz to 2 607,5 MHz and for carriers of 20 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the
range 2 597 MHz to 2 605 MHz the requirement is applicable only for an uplink transmission bandwidth less
than or equal to 54 RB.
For carriers with channel bandwidth overlapping the frequency range 2 615 t MHz o 2 620 MHz the
requirement shall apply with the maximum output power configured to +19 dBm.
NOTE 6: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirement of -36 dBm/MHz are permitted for
each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 3rd harmonic spurious emissions. An exception
is allowed if there is at least one individual RB within the transmission bandwidth (see figure 5.4.2-1 in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1]) for which the 3rd harmonic totally or partially overlaps the Measurement Bandwidth (MBW).
NOTE 7: This requirement shall be applicable in the case of a 10 MHz E-UTRA carrier confined within 703 MHz and
733 MHz, otherwise the requirement of -25 dBm with a measurement bandwidth of 8 MHz applies.
NOTE 8: This requirement shall be applicable for any channel bandwidths within the range 1 920 MHz to 1 980 MHz with
the following restriction: for carriers of 15 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the range
1 927,5 MHz to 1 929,5 MHz and for carriers of 20 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the
range 1 930 MHz to 1 938 MHz the requirement is applicable only for an uplink transmission bandwidth less
than or equal to 54 RB.
NOTE 9: For non-synchronized TDD operation to meet these requirements some restrictions will be needed for either
the operating band or protected band.
NOTES 10 to 18: N/A.
NOTE 19: Applicable when the assigned E-UTRA carrier is confined within 718 MHz and 748 MHz and when the channel
bandwidth used is 5 or 10 MHz.
NOTES 20 to 29: N/A.
NOTE 30: This requirement applies when the E-UTRA carrier is confined within 2 545 MHz to 2 575 MHz or 2 595 MHz to
2 645 MHz and the channel bandwidth is 10 or 20 MHz
NOTES 31 to 35: N/A.
NOTE 36: This requirement is applicable for E-UTRA channel bandwidth allocated within 1 920 MHz to 1 980 MHz.
NOTE 37: Applicable when the upper edge of the channel bandwidth frequency is greater than 1 980 MHz.
NOTES 38 to 41: N/A.
NOTE 42: For category NB1 and NB2 UE when carrier centre frequency is 1 920,1 MHz, in case of single-tone uplink
transmission the requirement is applicable only for sub-carrier index > 2.

ETSI
 39 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

NOTE 2: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the
measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency
range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should
be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth defined for the protected band.

Table 4.2.4.1.2-4: Additional spurious emissions limits (network signalled value "NS_01")
Maximum Level
E-UTRA band Protected Frequency range MBW (MHz)
(dBm)
20 470 MHz ≤ f ≤ 790 MHz -65 8 MHz
NOTE: The conformance shall be assessed using the measurement position placed at the
following centre frequencies: 474 MHz, 586 MHz, 690 MHz, 754 MHz, 770 MHz and
786 MHz.

Table 4.2.4.1.2-5: Additional spurious emissions limits (network signalled value "NS_22")
Protected Channel bandwidth/ MBW (MHz)
E-UTRA band Frequency range Maximum Level (dBm)
(MHz) 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz
42, 43 3 400 ≤ f ≤ 3 800 -23 (note 1) 5 MHz
-40 (note 2) 1 MHz
NOTE 1: This requirement shall apply within an offset between 5 MHz and 25 MHz from
the lower and from the upper edge of the channel bandwidth.
NOTE 2: This requirement shall apply from 3 400 MHz up to 25 MHz below the lower
E-UTRA channel edge and from 25 MHz above the upper E-UTRA channel edge
up to 3 800 MHz.

Table 4.2.4.1.2-6: Additional spurious emissions limits (network signalled value "NS_23")
Protected Channel bandwidth/ MBW (MHz)
E-UTRA band Frequency range Maximum Level (dBm)
(MHz) 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz
42, 43 3 400 ≤ f ≤ 3 800 -23 (note 1) 5 MHz
-40 (note 2) 1 MHz
NOTE 1: This requirement shall apply within an offset between 5 MHz + Foffset_NS_23 and
25 + Foffset_NS_23 MHz from the lower and from the upper edge of the channel bandwidth.
NOTE 2: This requirement shall apply from 3 400 MHz up to 25 + Foffset_NS_23 MHz below the lower
E-UTRA channel edge and from 25 MHz above the upper E-UTRA channel edge up to
3 800 MHz.
NOTE 3: Foffset_NS_23 is:
0 MHz for 5 MHz channel BW;
5 MHz for 10 MHz channel BW;
9 MHz for 15 MHz channel BW; and
12 MHz for 20 MHz channel BW.

Table 4.2.4.1.2-7: Additional spurious emissions limits (network signalled value "NS_36")
Frequency band Channel bandwidth / Measurement
(MHz) Spectrum emission limit bandwidth
(dBm)
5 MHz, 10 MHz and 15 MHz
470 ≤ f ≤ 694 -42 8 MHz
NOTE: For a 5 MHz E-UTRA carrier confined within 698 MHz and 703 MHz, this
requirement shall be met in normal conditions only. The requirement in extreme
conditions is -30 dBm.

4.2.4.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.3 of the present document.

ETSI
 40 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.4.2 Transmitter spurious emissions for Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA)

4.2.4.2.1 Definition
Spurious emissions are emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter effects such as harmonics emission,
parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products, but exclude out-of-band emissions.
The spurious emission limits are specified in terms of general requirements in line with Recommendation ITU-R
SM.329-12 [i.4] and E-UTRA operating band requirement to address UE co-existence.

To improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the
measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result shall be
integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement
bandwidth.

4.2.4.2.2 Limits
NOTE 1: For measurement conditions at the edge of each frequency range, the lowest frequency of the
measurement position in each frequency range should be set at the lowest boundary of the frequency
range plus MBW/2. The highest frequency of the measurement position in each frequency range should
be set at the highest boundary of the frequency range minus MBW/2. MBW denotes the measurement
bandwidth defined for the protected band.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the spurious emission limits apply for the frequency ranges that are more
than ΔfOOB (MHz) in table 4.2.4.2.2-1 from the ± edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. For frequencies ΔfOOB
greater than fOOB as specified in table 4.2.4.2.2-1 the spurious requirements in table 4.2.4.2.2-2 are applicable.

For frequencies ΔfOOB greater than fOOB as specified in table 4.2.4.2.2-1 the measured average power of spurious
emission for general requirements, shall not exceed the described values in table 4.2.4.2.2-2.

Table 4.2.4.2.2-1: Boundary between E-UTRA ΔfOOB and

spurious emission domain for intra-band contiguous CA
OOB boundary fOOB
CA Bandwidth Class
(MHz)
A table 4.2.4.1.2-1
B BW Channel_CA + 5
C BW Channel_CA + 5

Table 4.2.4.2.2-2: General spurious emissions limits for intra-band contiguous CA

Frequency Range Maximum Measurement Comment
Level Bandwidth
9 kHz ≤ f < 150 kHz -36 dBm 1 kHz
150 kHz ≤ f < 30 MHz -36 dBm 10 kHz
30 MHz ≤ f < 1 000 MHz -36 dBm 100 kHz
1 GHz ≤ f < 12,75 GHz -30 dBm 1 MHz
12,75 GHz ≤ f < 5th harmonic of -30 dBm 1 MHz See note
the upper frequency edge of the
UL operating band in GHz
NOTE: Shall apply for Band 22, 42 and Band 43.

For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA
bands, the spurious emission limit in table 4.2.4.2.2-2 applies for the frequency ranges that are more than fOOB as
defined in table 4.2.4.1.2-1 away from edges of the assigned channel bandwidth on a component carrier. If for some
frequency a spurious emission limit of individual component carrier overlaps with the spectrum emission mask or
channel bandwidth of another component carrier then it does not apply.

ETSI
 41 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

NOTE 2: For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to two E-UTRA bands the limits in
table 4.2.4.2.2-2 could be verified by measuring spurious emissions at the specific frequencies where
second and third order intermodulation products generated by the two transmitted carriers can occur; in
that case, the limits for remaining applicable frequencies in table 4.2.4.2.2-2 would be considered to be
verified by the measurements verifying the one uplink inter-band CA spurious emission limit.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with three uplink component carriers (up to two
contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the spurious emission limit is defined as follows. For the E-UTRA band
supporting one component carrier, the limits in table 4.2.4.2.2-2 apply for frequency ranges that are more than fOOB
(MHz) from the edges of assigned channel bandwidth as defined in table 4.2.4.1.2-1. For the E-UTRA band supporting
two contiguous component carriers, the limits in table 4.2.4.2.2-2 apply for frequency ranges that are more than fOOB
(MHz) from the edges of assigned aggregated channel bandwidth as defined in table 4.2.4.2.2-1. If for some frequency a
spurious emission limit of a single component carrier or two contiguous component carriers overlap with the spurious
emission limit or channel bandwidth of another component carrier or two contiguously aggregated carriers then it does
not apply.

For the specified intra-band contiguous CA configurations for co-existence with protected bands, the measured average
power of spurious emission, shall not exceed the described value in table 4.2.4.2.2-3.

Table 4.2.4.2.2-3: Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

for intra-band contiguous CA (network signalled value "NS_01")

E-UTRA Spurious emission

CA Protected band Frequency range (MHz) Maximum MBW Comment
Configura Level (MHz)
tion (dBm)
CA_1C E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 28, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
32, 38, 40, 41, 42, 43
CA_3C E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, 28, 32, 33, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
34, 38, 40, 41, 43
E-UTRA Band 3 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 22, 42 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
CA_8B E-UTRA Band 1, 20, 28, 32, 33, 34, - FDL_high -50 1
38, 40 FDL_low
E-UTRA Band 3 F DL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
E-UTRA Band 7 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
E-UTRA Band 8 F DL_low - F DL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 22, 41, 42, 43 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
CA_7C E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 28, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
32, 33, 34, 40, 42, 43
CA_38C E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 8, 20, 28, 33, 34, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
40, 42, 43
CA_40C E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 28, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
32, 33, 34, 38, 41, 42, 43
CA_41C E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 8, 28, 34, 40, 42, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
65
CA_42C E-UTRA Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 28, 32 33, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
34, 38, 40, 41
NOTE 1: FDL_low and FDL_high refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in table 5.2-1, in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 2: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirements defined in table 4.2.4.1.2-2 shall
be permitted for each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 2nd, 3rd or 4th harmonic
spurious emissions. An exception is allowed if there is at least one individual RE within the transmission
bandwidth (see figure 5.4.2-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]) for which the 2nd, 3rd or 4th harmonic, i.e. the
frequency equal to two or three times the frequency of that RE, is within the Measurement Bandwidth (MBW).
NOTE 3: The requirement shall also apply for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in tables 4.2.4.1.2-1
and 4.2.4.2.2-1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

For inter-band carrier aggregation with the uplink assigned to two E-UTRA bands, the limits in table 4.2.4.2.2-3A apply
on each component carrier with all component carriers are active.

ETSI
 42 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

NOTE 3: For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to two E-UTRA bands the requirements in
table 4.2.4.2.2-3A could be verified by measuring spurious emissions at the specific frequencies where
second and third order intermodulation products generated by the two transmitted carriers can occur; in
that case, the limits for remaining applicable frequencies in table 4.2.4.2.2-3A would be considered to be
verified by the measurements verifying the one uplink inter-band CA UE to UE co-existence limits.

Table 4.2.4.2.2-3A: Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

for uplink inter-band CA (two bands)
Spurious emission
E-UTRA CA Protected band Frequency range Maximum MBW Note
Configuration (MHz) Level (MHz)
(dBm)
CA_1A-3A E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, 28, FDL_low FDL_high
- -50 1
32, 38, 40, 41, 43, 65, 67
E-UTRA Band 3, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 22, 42 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
Frequency range 1 880 1 895 -40 1 Notes 3, 7
Frequency range 1 895 1 915 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
Frequency range 1 915 1 920 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
CA_1A-7A E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, 28, FDL_low FDL_high
- -50 1
32, 40, 42, 43, 65, 67
E-UTRA Band 3, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
Frequency range 1 880 1 895 -40 1 Notes 3, 7
Frequency range 1 895 1 915 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
Frequency range 1 915 1 920 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
Frequency range 2 570 - 2 575 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 8, 9
Frequency range 2 575 - 2 595 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 8, 9
Frequency range 2 595 - 2 620 -40 1 Notes 3, 9
CA_1A-8A E-UTRA Band 1, 20, 28, 32, FDL_low FDL_high
- -50 1
38, 40, 65, 67
E-UTRA Band 3 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Notes 2, 3
E-UTRA Band 7, 22, 41, 42,
FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
43
E-UTRA Band 8, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
Frequency range 860 - 890 -40 1 Notes 3, 6
Frequency range 1 880 1 895 -40 1 Notes 3, 7
Frequency range 1 895 1 915 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
Frequency range 1 915 1 920 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
CA_1A-28A E-UTRA Band 7, 8, 20, 32, 38,
FDL_low FDL_high -50 1
40, 41 -
E-UTRA Band 22, 42, 43 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
E-UTRA Band 3, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 1 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Notes 4, 5
Frequency range 470 - 694 -42 8 Notes 3, 11
Frequency range 470 - 710 -26,2 6 Note 12
Frequency range 758 - 773 -32 1 Note 3
Frequency range 773 - 803 -50 1
Frequency range 662 - 694 -26,2 6 Note 3
Frequency range 1 880 1 895 -40 1 Notes 3, 7
Frequency range 1 895 1 915 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
Frequency range 1 915 1 920 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
Frequency range 1 839,9 - 1 879,9 -50 1 Note 3
CA_1A-42A E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, 22,
FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
28, 32, 38, 40, 41, 65, 67
E-UTRA Band 3, 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
Frequency range 1 880 1 895 -40 1 Notes 3, 7
Frequency range 1 895 1 915 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
Frequency range 1 915 1 920 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 7, 8
Frequency range 1 839,9 - 1 879,9 -50 1 Note 3

ETSI
 43 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Spurious emission
E-UTRA CA Protected band Frequency range Maximum MBW Note
Configuration (MHz) Level (MHz)
(dBm)
CA_3A-7A E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 20, 28, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
32, 33, 34, 40, 43, 65, 67
E-UTRA Band 3 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 22, 42 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
Frequency range 2 570 - 2 575 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 8, 9
Frequency range 2 575 - 2 595 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 8, 9
Frequency range 2 595 - 2 620 -40 1 Notes 3, 9
CA_3A-8A E-UTRA Band 1, 20, 28, 32, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
33, 34, 38, 40, 65, 67
E-UTRA Band 3, 8 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Notes 2, 3
E-UTRA Band 7, 22, 41, 42, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
43
Frequency range 860 - 890 -40 1 Notes 3, 6,10
CA_3A-20A E-UTRA Band 1, 7, 8, 32, 33, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
34, 40, 43, 65, 67
E-UTRA Band 3, 20 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 22, 38, 42 FDL_low - F DL_high -50 1 Note 2
Frequency range 758 - 788 -50 1
CA_7A-20A E-UTRA Band 1,3, 7, 8, 22, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
28, 32, 33, 34, 40, 43, 65, 67
E-UTRA Band 20 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 3
E-UTRA Band 42 F DL_low - F DL_high -50 1 Note 2
Frequency range 2 570 - 2 575 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 8, 9
Frequency range 2 575 - 2 595 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 8, 9
Frequency range 2 595 - 2 620 -40 1 Notes 3, 9
CA_7A-28A E-UTRA Band 3, 5, 7, 8, 20, FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1
34, 40, 65, 67
E-UTRA Band 1, 22, 42, 43 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 Note 2
E-UTRA Band 1 F DL_low - F DL_high -50 1 Notes 4, 5
Frequency range 758 - 773 -32 1 Note 3
Frequency range 773 - 803 -50 1
Frequency range 2 570 - 2 575 +1,6 5 Notes 3, 8, 9
Frequency range 2 575 - 2 595 -15,5 5 Notes 3, 8, 9
Frequency range 2 595 - 2 620 -40 1 Notes 3, 9
NOTE 1: FDL_low and FDL_high refer to each E-UTRA frequency band specified in table 1-1.
NOTE 2: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirements defined in table 4.2.4.1.2-1
are permitted for each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 2nd, 3rd, 4th [or 5th]
harmonic spurious emissions. In case the exceptions are allowed due to spreading of the harmonic
emission the exception is also allowed for the first 1 MHz frequency range immediately outside the
harmonic emission on both sides of the harmonic emission. This results in an overall exception interval
centred at the harmonic emission of (2 MHz + N x LCRB x 180 kHz), where N is 2, 3 or 4 for the 2nd, 3rd
or 4th harmonic respectively. The exception is allowed if the Measurement Bandwidth (MBW) totally or
partially overlaps the overall exception interval.
NOTE 3: These requirements also apply for the frequency ranges that are less than fOOB (MHz) in
table 4.2.4.1.2-1 and table 4.2.4.2.2-1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.
NOTE 4: Applicable when the assigned E-UTRA carrier is confined within 718 MHz and 748 MHz and when the
channel bandwidth used is 5 or 10 MHz.
NOTE 5: As exceptions, measurements with a level up to the applicable requirement of -36 dBm/MHz is permitted
for each assigned E-UTRA carrier used in the measurement due to 3rd harmonic spurious emissions.
An exception is allowed if there is at least one individual RB within the transmission bandwidth (see
figure 3.1-1) for which the 3rd harmonic totally or partially overlaps the Measurement Bandwidth (MBW).
NOTE 6: This requirement is applicable only for the following cases:
- for carriers of 5 MHz channel bandwidth when carrier centre frequency (Fc) is within the range
902,5 MHz ≤ Fc < 907,5 MHz with an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to 20 RB;
- for carriers of 5 MHz channel bandwidth when carrier centre frequency (Fc) is within the range
907,5 MHz ≤ Fc ≤ 912,5 MHz without any restriction on uplink transmission bandwidth;
- for carriers of 10 MHz channel bandwidth when carrier centre frequency (Fc) is Fc = 910 MHz with
an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to 32 RB with RBstart > 3.

ETSI
 44 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Spurious emission
E-UTRA CA Protected band Frequency range Maximum MBW Note
Configuration (MHz) Level (MHz)
(dBm)
NOTE 7: This requirement is applicable for any channel bandwidths within the range 1 920 MHz to 1 980 MHz
with the following restriction: for carriers of 15 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the
range 1 927,5 MHz to 1 929,5 MHz and for carriers of 20 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency
is within the range 1 930 MHz to 1 938 MHz the requirement is applicable only for an uplink transmission
bandwidth less than or equal to 54 RB.
NOTE 8: For these adjacent bands, the emission limit could imply risk of harmful interference to UE(s) operating in
the protected operating band.
NOTE 9: This requirement is applicable for any channel bandwidths within the range 2 500 MHz to 2 570 MHz
with the following restriction: for carriers of 15 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency is within the
range 2 560,5 MHz to 2 562,5 MHz and for carriers of 20 MHz bandwidth when carrier centre frequency
is within the range 2 552 MHz to 2 560 MHz the requirement is applicable only for an uplink transmission
bandwidth less than or equal to 54 RB.
NOTE 10: This requirement is applicable only when Band 3 transmission frequency is less than or equal to
1 765 MHz.
NOTE 11: This requirement is applicable in the case of a 10 MHz E-UTRA carrier confined within 703 MHz and
733 MHz, otherwise the requirement of -25 dBm with a measurement bandwidth of 8 MHz applies.
NOTE 12: This requirement is applicable for 5 MHz and 10 MHz E-UTRA channel bandwidth allocated within
718 MHz to 728 MHz. For carriers of 10 MHz bandwidth, this requirement applies for an uplink
transmission bandwidth less than or equal to 30 RB with RBstart > 1 and RBstart < 48.

Table 4.2.4.2.2-4: Additional Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

for intra-band contiguous CA (network signalled value "CA_NS_02")

E-UTRA CA Protected band Frequency range Maximum Level (dBm) MBW (MHz) Comment
Configuration (MHz)
CA_1C E-UTRA Band 34 FDL_low - FDL_high -50 1 See note
Frequency range 1 900 - 1 915 -15,5 5 See note
Frequency range 1 915 - 1 920 +1,6 5 See note
NOTE: The requirement shall also apply for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in tables 4.2.4.1.2-1
and 4.2.4.2.2-1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

Table 4.2.4.2.2-5: Additional Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

for intra-band contiguous CA (network signalled value "CA_NS_05")

E-UTRA CA Protected band Frequency range Maximum MBW Comment

Configuration (MHz) Level (dBm) (MHz)
CA_38C Frequency range 2 620 - 2 645 -15,5 5 Notes 1, 2
Frequency range 2 645 - 2 690 -40 1 Notes 1, 2
NOTE 1: This requirement shall be applicable for carriers with aggregated channel bandwidths are confined in
2 570 MHz to 2 615 MHz. For assigned carriers with bandwidths overlapping the frequency range 2 615 MHz
to 2 620 MHz the requirements apply with the maximum output power configured to +19 dBm.
NOTE 2: The requirement shall also apply for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in tables 4.2.4.1.2-1
and 4.2.4.2.2-1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

Table 4.2.4.2.2-6: Additional Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

for intra-band contiguous CA (network signalled value "CA_NS_06")

E-UTRA CA Protected band Frequency range Maximum Level MBW Comment

Configuration (MHz) (dBm) (MHz)
CA_7C Frequency range 2 570 - 2 575 +1,6 5 See note
Frequency range 2 575 - 2 595 -15,5 5 See note
Frequency range 2 595 - 2 620 -40 1 See note
NOTE: The requirement shall also apply for the frequency ranges that are less than ΔfOOB (MHz) in
tables 4.2.4.1.2-1 and 4.2.4.2.2-1 from the edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

ETSI
 45 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.4.2.2-7: Additional Spurious emission band UE co-existence limits

for intra-band contiguous CA (network signalled value "CA_NS_08")
E-UTRA CA Protected Frequency band Channel bandwidth/Spectrum MBW
Configuration band (MHz) emission limit (dBm)
5, 10, 15, 20 MHz
CA_42C 42, 43 3 400 ≤ f ≤ 3 800 -23 (note 1) 5 MHz
-40 (note 2) 1 MHz
NOTE 1: This requirement shall apply within an offset between 5 MHz and 25 MHz from the lower and
from the upper edge of the channel bandwidth.
NOTE 2: This requirement shall apply from 3 400 MHz up to 25 MHz below the lower E-UTRA channel edge
and from 25 MHz above the upper E-UTRA channel edge up to 3 800 MHz.

4.2.4.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.1 of the present document.

4.2.4.3 Transmitter spurious emissions for UL-MIMO

4.2.4.3.1 Definition
For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the requirements for Spurious emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter
effects such as harmonics emission, parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products
are specified at each transmit antenna connector.

4.2.4.3.2 Limits
For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the requirements in
clause 4.2.4.1.2 apply to each transmit antenna connector. The requirements shall be met with the UL-MIMO
configurations specified in table 4.2.2.3.1-1.

For single-antenna port scheme, the general requirements in clause 4.2.4.1.2 apply.

4.2.4.3.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.3 of the present document.

4.2.4.4 Transmitter spurious emissions for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a component

carrier

4.2.4.4.1 Definition
For UE supporting multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the operating band.

Spurious emissions are emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter effects such as harmonics emission,
parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products, but exclude out-of-band emissions.

To improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the
measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result shall be
integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement
bandwidth.

4.2.4.4.2 Limits
The spurious emission limits in table 4.2.4.1.2-2 apply for the frequency ranges that are more than ΔfOOB (MHz) from
the edge of the channel bandwidth shown in table 4.2.4.1.2-1.

The measured average power of spurious emission for general requirements shall not exceed the described values in
table 4.2.4.1.2-2.

ETSI
 46 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.4.4.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.3 of the present document.

4.2.4.5 Transmitter spurious emissions for category NB1

4.2.4.5.1 Definition
Spurious emissions are emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter effects such as harmonics emission,
parasitic emissions, intermodulation products and frequency conversion products, but exclude out-of-band emissions.
The spurious emission limits are specified in terms of general requirements in line with Recommendation ITU-R
SM.329-12 [i.4] and E-UTRA operating band requirement to address UE co-existence.

To improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the
measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should
be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement
bandwidth.

4.2.4.5.2 Limits
When UE is configured for category NB1 uplink transmissions the requirements in clause 4.2.4.1.2 apply with an
exception that boundary between category NB1 out of band and spurious domain shall be fOOB = 1,7 MHz.

4.2.4.5.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.3 of the present document.

4.2.5 Transmitter Minimum Output Power

4.2.5.1 Transmitter minimum output power for Single Carrier

4.2.5.1.1 Definition
The minimum output power of the UE is defined as the broadband transmit power of the UE, i.e. the power in the
channel bandwidth for all transmit bandwidth configurations (resource blocks), when the power is set to a minimum
value.

4.2.5.1.2 Limits
The minimum output power measured shall not exceed the values specified in table 4.2.5.1.2-1.

Table 4.2.5.1.2-1: Minimum output power

Channel bandwidth/minimum output power/measurement bandwidth
1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
For carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz: ≤ -39 dBm
Minimum output power
For carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz: ≤ -38,7 dBm
Measurement bandwidth 1,08 MHz 2,7 MHz 4,5 MHz 9,0 MHz 13,5 MHz 18 MHz

4.2.5.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.4 of the present document.

ETSI
 47 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.5.2 Transmitter minimum output power for Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL
CA)

4.2.5.2.1 Definition
For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to two E-UTRA bands and intra-band contiguous carrier
aggregation, the minimum output power of the UE is defined as the transmit power of the UE per component carrier,
i.e. the power in the channel bandwidth of each component carrier for all transmit bandwidth configurations (resource
blocks), when the power on both component carriers is set to a minimum value.

4.2.5.2.2 Limits
For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to two E-UTRA bands, the minimum output power is defined
per carrier and the limit is specified in clause 4.2.5.1.2.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the minimum output power is defined as the mean power in one
sub-frame (1 ms). The minimum output power shall not exceed the values specified in table 4.2.5.2.2-1.

Table 4.2.5.2.2-1: Minimum output power for intra-band contiguous CA UE

CC Channel bandwidth/Minimum
output power/Measurement bandwidth
1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Minimum output For carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz: ≤ -39 dBm
power For carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz: ≤ -38,7 dBm
Measurement
- - 4,5 MHz 9,0 MHz 13,5 MHz 18 MHz
bandwidth

4.2.5.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.4 of the present document.

4.2.5.3 Transmitter minimum output power for UL-MIMO

4.2.5.3.1 Definition
For UE supporting UL-MIMO, the minimum output power is defined as the broadband transmit power of the UE, i.e.
the sum of the power in the channel bandwidth for all transmit bandwidth configurations (resource blocks) at each
transmit antenna connector, when the UE power is set to a minimum value.

For UE with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the minimum output power is
defined as the sum of the mean power at each UE antenna connector in one sub-frame (1 ms).

4.2.5.3.2 Limits
The minimum sum of mean output power of the UE at each antenna connector measured shall not exceed the values
specified in table 4.2.5.3.2-1.

Table 4.2.5.3.2-1: Minimum output power for UL-MIMO

Channel bandwidth/Minimum output power/Measurement bandwidth
1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
For carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz: ≤ -39 dBm
Minimum output power
For carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz: ≤ -38,7 dBm
Measurement
1,08 MHz 2,7 MHz 4,5 MHz 9,0 MHz 13,5 MHz 18 MHz
bandwidth

ETSI
 48 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.5.3.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.4 of the present document.

4.2.5.4 Transmitter minimum output power for category NB1

4.2.5.4.1 Definition
For category NB1 UE the single-tone and multi-tone transmission minimum output power requirement for the channel
bandwidth is -40 dBm.

For 3,75 kHz sub-carrier spacing the minimum output power is defined as mean power in one slot (2 ms) excluding the
2 304Ts gap when UE is not transmitting. For 15 kHz sub-carrier spacing the minimum output power is defined as
mean power in one sub-frame (1 ms).

4.2.5.4.2 Limits
The minimum output power measured shall not exceed the value of -40 dBm for the channel bandwidth of category
NB1 UE.

4.2.5.4.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.4 of the present document.

4.2.6 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS)

4.2.6.1 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for Single Carrier

4.2.6.1.1 Definition
Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive an E-UTRA signal at its assigned
channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of
the assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive
filter attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).

4.2.6.1.2 Limits
The throughput Rav shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] under the conditions specified in table 4.2.6.1.2-2 and also under the conditions specified in
table 4.2.6.1.2-3.

Table 4.2.6.1.2-1: Adjacent channel selectivity

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units 1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
ACS dB 33,0 33,0 33,0 33,0 30 27

ETSI
 49 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.6.1.2-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 1

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units
1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS REFSENS
PInterferer +45,5 dB +45,5 dB +45,5 dB +45,5 dB +42,5 dB +39,5 dB
BW Interferer MHz 1,4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer (offset) MHz 1,4025 3,0075 5,0025 7,5075 10,0125 12,5025
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in clause 6.2.5 in ETSI
TS 136 101 [3].
NOTE 2: The interferer shall consist of the Reference measurement channel specified in clause A.3.2 of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1] with set-up according to clause C.3.1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 3: REFSENS as defined in clause 7.3.3 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
tables 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2 should be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission Bandwidth
Configuration and PInterferer.
NOTE 5: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

Table 4.2.6.1.2-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, Case 2

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units
1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm -56,5 -56,5 -56,5 -56,5 -53,5 -50,5
Bandwidth
Configuration
PInterferer dBm -25
BW Interferer MHz 1,4 3 5 5 5 5
FInterferer MHz 1,4025 3,0075 5,0025 7,5075 10,0125 12,5025
(offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24 dB below PCMAX_L or PCMAX_L_CA as defined in clause 6.2.5 in
ETSI TS 136 101 [3].
NOTE 2: The interferer shall consist of the Reference measurement channel specified in clause A.3.2 of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1] with set-up according to clause C.3.1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

4.2.6.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.5.1 of the present document.

4.2.6.2 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for Carrier Aggregation in

DL-only bands

4.2.6.2.1 Definition
Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive an E-UTRA signal at its assigned
channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of
the assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive
filter attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).

ETSI
 50 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.6.2.2 Limits
For inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink assigned to one E-UTRA band, the adjacent channel requirements are
defined with the uplink active on the band other than the band whose downlink is being tested. The UE shall meet the
requirements specified in clause 4.2.6.1.2 for each component carrier while both downlink carriers are active, or the
requirement specified in table 4.2.6.2.2-1 with the test parameters specified in table 4.2.6.2.2-2 and table 4.2.6.2.2-3 for
operating band 46. For E-UTRA CA configurations including an operating band without uplink band (as noted in
table 1-1), the requirements for both downlinks shall be met with the uplink active in the band capable of UL operation.

Table 4.2.6.2.2-1: Adjacent channel selectivity for Band 46

E-UTRA band Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth
1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
46 ACS dB - - - - - 27

Table 4.2.6.2.2-2: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for Band 46, Case 1
E-UTRA Band Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth
1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in dBm
Transmission
REFSENS + 14 dB
Bandwidth
Configuration
dBm - - - - REFSENS-
46 PInterferer +39,5 dB
BW Interferer MHz - - - - - 20
FInterferer 20 + 0,0025
MHz - - - - - /
(offset) -20 - 0,0025
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in ETSI
TS 136 101 [3] (table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5).
NOTE 2: The interferer shall consist of the Reference measurement channel specified in table A3.2-2c of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1] with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 -F33 as described in clause A.5.4.1 of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1] and set-up according to clause C.3.1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Table 4.2.6.2.2-3: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity for Band 46, Case 2
E-UTRA band Rx Units Channel bandwidth
Parameter 1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in
Transmission
dBm - - - - - -50,5
Bandwidth
Configuration
46 PInterferer dBm -25
BW Interferer MHz - - - - 20 -
FInterferer 20 + 0,0025
MHz - - - - - /
(offset) -20 - 0,0025
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 24 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in ETSI
TS 136 101 [3] (table 7.3.3-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5).
NOTE 2: The interferer shall consist of the Reference measurement channel specified in clause A.3.2 of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1] with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 F33 as described in clause A.5.1 of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1] and set-up according to clause C.3.1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

4.2.6.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.5.2 of the present document.

ETSI
 51 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.6.3 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for category NB1

4.2.6.3.1 Definition
Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) is a measure of a receiver's ability to receive a signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given frequency offset from the centre frequency of the
assigned channel. ACS is the ratio of the receive filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive filter
attenuation on the adjacent channel(s).

4.2.6.3.2 Limits
Category NB1 UE shall fulfil the minimum requirement specified in table 4.2.6.3.2-1 for all values of an adjacent
channel interferer up to -25 dBm. However it is not possible to directly measure the ACS, instead, the lower and upper
range of test parameters are chosen in table 4.2.6.3.2-1 where the throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channel as specified in clause A.3.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Table 4.2.6.3.2-1: Test parameters for Adjacent channel selectivity, category NB1
ACS1 test Parameters
Interferer GSM (GMSK) E-UTRA
Category NB1 signal power
(Pwanted) / dBm REFSENS + 14 dB
interferer signal power
(PInterferer ) / dBm REFSENS + 42 dB REFSENS + 47 dB
Interferer bandwidth 200 kHz 5 MHz
Interferer offset from category NB1 channel edge ±200 kHz ±2,5 MHz
ACS2 test Parameters
Interferer GSM (GMSK) E-UTRA
Category NB1 signal power
(Pwanted) / dBm -53 dBm -58 dBm
interferer signal power
(PInterferer) / dBm -25 dBm
Interferer bandwidth 200 kHz 5 MHz
Interferer offset from category NB1 channel edge ±200 kHz ±2,5 MHz

4.2.6.3.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.5.3 of the present document.

4.2.7 Receiver Blocking Characteristics

4.2.7.1 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for Single Carrier

4.2.7.1.1 Definition
The blocking characteristic is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an unwanted interferer on frequencies other than those of the spurious response or the
adjacent channels, without this unwanted input signal causing a degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a
specified limit. The blocking performance shall apply at all frequencies except those at which a spurious response
occurs.

4.2.7.1.2 Limits
With parameters specified in tables 4.2.7.1.2-1 and 4.2.7.1.2-2, the throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1].

ETSI
 52 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

With parameters specified in tables 4.2.7.1.2-3 and 4.2.7.1.2-4, the throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum
throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], except for the spurious response frequencies.

For table 4.2.7.1.2-4 in frequency ranges 1, 2 and 3, up to max(24, 6 ⋅ NRB / 6) exceptions are allowed for spurious
response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1 MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration. For these exceptions the
requirements of clause 4.2.8.1 Spurious response are applicable.

With parameters specified in table 4.2.7.1.2-5, the throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Table 4.2.7.1.2-1: In-band blocking parameters

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units
1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 6 6 6 6 7 9
Configuration
BW Interferer MHz 1,4 3 5 5 5 5
FIoffset, case 1 MHz 2,1125 4,5075 7,5125 7,5025 7,5075 7,5125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz 3,5075 7,5075 12,5075 12,5125 12,5025 12,5075
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
ETSI TS 136 101 [3] (table 7.3.1-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5).
NOTE 2: The interferer shall consist of the Reference measurement channel specified in clause A.3.2 of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1] with a set-up according to clause C.3.1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 3: REFSENS as defined in clause 7.3.3 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
tables 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2 should be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission Bandwidth
Configuration.
NOTE 5: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

Table 4.2.7.1.2-2: In-band blocking

Parameter Units Case 1 Case 2
PInterferer dBm -56 -44
E-UTRA band = -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1 ≤ -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 2
FInterferer
MHz and and
(Offset) = +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1 ≥ +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 2
1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 28,
31, 33, 34, 38, 40, F FDL_low - 15 to
Interferer MHz (note 2)
41, 42, 43, 65, 68, FDL_high + 15
72, 87, 88
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive
band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a) the carrier frequency - BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1; and
b) the carrier frequency + BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1.
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre frequencies.

ETSI
 53 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.7.1.2-3: Out-of-band blocking parameters

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units
1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in Transmission REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
dBm
Bandwidth Configuration 6 6 6 6 7 9
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in ETSI TS 136 101 [3] (table 7.3.1-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5).
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is clause A.3.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 3: REFSENS as defined in clause 7.3.3 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
tables 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2 should be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission
Bandwidth Configuration.
NOTE 5: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

Table 4.2.7.1.2-4: Out-of-band blocking

Frequency
Parameter Units
E-UTRA band Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
PInterferer dBm -44 -30 -15
1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 22, 28, FDL_low - 15 to FDL_low - 60 to FDL_low - 85 to
31, 33, 34, 38, 40, FDL_low - 60 FDL_low - 85 1 MHz
41, 42 (note 2), 43 FInterferer (CW) MHz
FDL_high + 15 to FDL_high + 60 to FDL_high + 85 to
(note 2), 65, 68, 72,
87, 88 FDL_high + 60 FDL_high + 85 +12 750 MHz
NOTE 1: Range 3 shall be tested only with the highest channel bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer
> 2 800 MHz and FInterferer < 4 400 MHz.

Table 4.2.7.1.2-5: Narrow-band blocking

Channel Bandwidth
Parameter Units
1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
PREFSENS + channel-bandwidth specific value below
Pw dBm
22 18 16 13 14 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
Fuw (offset for
MHz 0,9075 1,7025 2,7075 5,2125 7,7025 10,2075
Δf = 15 kHz)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set a 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration
specified in ETSI TS 136 101 [3] (table 7.3.1-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5).
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is in clause A.3.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 3: REFSENS as defined in clause 7.3.3 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 4: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
tables 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2 should be used as PREFSENS for Pw.
NOTE 5: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply.

4.2.7.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.6.1 of the present document.

4.2.7.2 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands

4.2.7.2.1 Definition
The blocking characteristic is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an unwanted interferer on frequencies other than those of the spurious response or the
adjacent channels, without this unwanted input signal causing a degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a
specified limit. The blocking performance shall apply at all frequencies except those at which a spurious response
occurs.

ETSI
 54 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.7.2.2 Limits
With parameters specified in tables 4.2.7.1.2-1 and 4.2.7.2.2-1, or table 4.2.7.2.2-1a and table 4.2.7.2.2-1b for band
combinations including operating band 46 without uplink operation, the throughput on SCC shall be ≥ 95 % of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 for the DL-signal as described in clauses A.5.1.1, A.5.2.1 and
A.5.4.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

With parameters specified in tables 4.2.7.1.2-3 and 4.2.7.2.2-2, or table 4.2.7.1.2-3 and table 4.2.7.2.2-2a for band
combinations including operating band 46 without uplink operation, the throughput on SCC shall be ≥ 95 % of the
maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], except for the spurious response frequencies.

For table 4.2.7.2.2-2 or table 4.2.7.2.2-2a in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max(24, 6 ⋅ NRB / 6) exceptions are
allowed for spurious response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1 MHz step size,
where N RB is the number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration. For these
exceptions the requirements of clause 4.2.8.2 Spurious response are applicable.

With parameters specified in table 4.2.7.1.2-5, the throughput on SCC shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of
the reference measurement channels as specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Table 4.2.7.2.2-1: In-band blocking for additional operating bands for carrier aggregation

Parameter Units Case 1 Case 2

PInterferer dBm -56 -44
E-UTRA band = -BW/2 - FIoffset,case 1 ≤ -BW/2 - FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer
MHz & &
(offset) = +BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥ +BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low - 15
32 FInterferer MHz (note 2) to
FDL_high + 15
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE receive
band, but within the first 15 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a) the carrier frequency -BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1; and
b) the carrier frequency +BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1.
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre
frequencies.

Table 4.2.7.2.2-1a: In band blocking parameters for carrier aggregation with Band 46
E-UTRA Rx parameter Units Channel bandwidth
band 1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth - - - - - 9
46 Configuration
(note 2) BW Interferer MHz - - - - - 20
FIoffset, case 1 MHz - - - - - 30 + 0,0125
FIoffset, case 2 MHz - - - - - 50 + 0,0075
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
ETSI TS 136 101 [3] (table 7.3.1-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5).
NOTE 2: The interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in clause A.3.2 of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1] with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in
clauses A.5.1.1, A.5.2.1 and A.5.4.1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] and set-up according to clause C.3.1 of
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

ETSI
 55 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.7.2.2-1b: In-band blocking for carrier aggregation with Band 46

E-UTRA band Parameter Unit Case 1 Case 2

PInterferer dBm -50 -44
= -BW/2 - FIoffset,case 1 ≤ -BW/2 - FIoffset,case 2
FInterferer (offset) MHz & &
= +BW/2 + FIoffset,case 1 ≥ +BW/2 + FIoffset,case 2
FDL_low - 60
46 FInterferer MHz (note 2) to
FDL_high + 60
NOTE 1: For certain bands, the unwanted modulated interfering signal may not fall inside the UE
receive band, but within the first 15 MHz or 60 MHz below or above the UE receive band.
NOTE 2: For each carrier frequency the requirement is valid for two frequencies:
a. the carrier frequency - BW/2 - FIoffset, case 1; and
b. the carrier frequency + BW/2 + FIoffset, case 1.
NOTE 3: FInterferer range values for unwanted modulated interfering signal are interferer centre
frequencies.

Table 4.2.7.2.2-2: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with one active uplink
Parameter Units Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
Pwanted dBm Table 4.2.7.1.2-3 for all component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + ΔRIB,c -30 + ΔRIB,c -15 + ΔRIB,c
Finterferer MHz -60 < f - FDL_Low(j) < -15 -85 < f - FDL_Low(j) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(1) - 85
(CW) or or or
15 < f - FDL_High(j) < 60 60 ≤ f - FDL_High(j) < 85 FDL_High(j) + 85 ≤ f
≤ FDL_Low(j+1) - 85
or
FDL_High(X) + 85 ≤ f
≤ 12 750
NOTE 1: FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j) denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the operating
band containing carrier j, j = 1,…, X, with carriers numbered in increasing order of carrier frequency
and X the number of component carriers in the band combination (X = 2 or X = 3 for the present
document).
NOTE 2: For FDL_Low(j+1) - FDL_High(j) < 145 MHz and FInterferer in FDL_High(j) < f < FDL_Low(j+1), FInterferer can be
in both Range 1 and Range 2. Then the lower of the PInterferer applies.
NOTE 3: For FDL_Low(j) - 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and
in-band blocking requirements in the respective clauses 4.2.6.2.3 and 4.2.7.2.3 shall be applied for
carrier j.
NOTE 4: ΔRIB,c according to table 7.3.3-1A of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] shall apply when serving cell c is
measured.

ETSI
 56 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.7.2.2-2a: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with band 46
E-UTRA CA Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
Configuration
Pwanted dBm Table 4.2.7.1.2-3 for all component carriers
Pinterferer dBm -44 + ΔRIB,c -30 + ΔRIB,c -15 + ΔRIB,c
CA_1A-46A, (note 5)
CA_3A-46A, Finterferer MHz -60 < f - FDL_Low(j) < -15 -85 < f - FDL_Low(j) ≤ -60 1 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(j) - 85
CA_7A-46A, (CW) with j ≤ K or or
CA_42A-46A or 60 ≤ f - FDL_High(j) < 85 FDL_High(j) + 85 ≤ f
15 < f - FDL_High(j) < 60 ≤ 12 750
with j ≤ K
NOTE 1: FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j), j = 1,…,K,…N, denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the (non-
overlapping) operating bands of the CA configuration numbered in increasing order of frequency, with N the
number of bands in the band combination and K the number of bands with FDL_High ≤ 3 600 MHz
(K = 1 and N = 2 in this version of the present document).
NOTE 2: For FDL_Low(j) - 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band
blocking requirements shall be applied for carrier j = 1.
NOTE 3: For FDL_Low(N) - 60 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(N) + 60 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band
blocking requirements shall be applied for carrier N = 2.
NOTE 4: ΔRIB,c according to table 7.3.1-1A of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] applies when serving cell c is measured.
NOTE 5: The power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 is modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 4 400 MHz except for band
combinations with Band 42 for which PInterferer for Range 3 is modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2 800 MHz.

Table 4.2.7.2.2-3: Narrow-band blocking

CA Bandwidth Class
Parameter Unit
B C D E F
Pw in Transmission Bandwidth REFSENS + CA Bandwidth Class specific value below
dBm
Configuration, per CC 16 164 16 16 16
Puw (CW) dBm -55 -55 -55 -55 -55
- Foffset – - Foffset –
- Foffset – 0.2
- Foffset – 0.2 - Foffset – 0.2 0.2 0.2
Fuw (offset for /
MHz / / / /
Δf = 15 kHz) + Foffset +
+ Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + 0.2 + Foffset + + Foffset +
0.2
0.2 0.2
Fuw (offset for
MHz
Δf = 7,5 kHz)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_Lor PCMAX_L_CA as defined in clause 6.2.5A of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in Annex A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD as described in clauses A.5.1.1/A.5.2.1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 3: The Fuw (offset) is the frequency separation of the centre frequency of the carrier closest to the interferer and
the centre frequency of the interferer and shall be further adjusted to
⌊interferer ⁄0,015 + 0,5⌋0,015 + 0,0075 MHz to be offset from the sub-carrier raster.
NOTE 4: The requirement is applied for the band combinations whose component carriers' BW ≥ 5 MHz.

For E-UTRA CA configurations with a component carrier assigned in Band 46, narrow-band blocking requirements do
not apply in the presence of a narrow-band interferer in Band 46.

4.2.7.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.6.2 of the present document.

ETSI
 57 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.7.2.3-1: Out-of-band blocking for inter-band carrier aggregation with Band 46
E-UTRA CA Parameter Unit Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
Configuration
Pwanted dBm Table 4.2.7.1.2-3 for all component carriers
CA_1A-46A, Pinterferer dBm -44 + ΔRIB,c -30 + ΔRIB,c -15 + ΔRIB,c
CA_2A-46A,
(note 5)
CA_3A-46A,
CA_4A-46A, Finterferer MHz -60 < f - FDL_Low(j) < -15 -85 < f - FDL_Low(j) ≤ -601 ≤ f ≤ FDL_Low(j) - 85
CA_7A-46A, (CW) with j ≤ K or or
CA_41A-46A, or 60 ≤ f - FDL_High(j) < 85 FDL_High(j) + 85 ≤ f
CA_42A-46A 15 < f - FDL_High(j) < 60 ≤ 12 750
with j ≤ K
NOTE 1: FDL_Low(j) and FDL_High(j), j = 1,…,K,…N, denote the respective lower and upper frequency limits of the
(non-overlapping) operating bands of the CA configuration numbered in increasing order of frequency, with
N the number of bands in the band combination and K the number of bands with FDL_High ≤ 3 600 MHz
(K = 1 and N = 2 in this version of the present document).
NOTE 2: For FDL_Low(j) - 15 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(j) + 15 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band
blocking requirements shall be applied for carrier j = 1.
NOTE 3: For FDL_Low(N) - 60 MHz ≤ f ≤ FDL_High(N) + 60 MHz the appropriate adjacent channel selectivity and in-band
blocking requirements shall be applied for carrier N = 2.
NOTE 4: ΔRIB,c according to table 7.3.3-1A of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] shall apply when serving cell c is measured.
NOTE 5: The power level (PInterferer) for Range 3 is modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 4 400 MHz except for band
combinations with Band 42 for which PInterferer for Range 3 is modified to -20 dBm for FInterferer > 2 800 MHz.

4.2.7.3 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for category NB1

4.2.7.3.1 Definition
The blocking characteristic is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal at its assigned channel
frequency in the presence of an unwanted interferer on frequencies other than those of the spurious response or the
adjacent channels, without this unwanted input signal causing a degradation of the performance of the receiver beyond a
specified limit. The blocking performance shall apply at all frequencies except those at which a spurious response
occurs.

4.2.7.3.2 Limits
With parameters specified in table 4.2.7.3.2-1, the throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

With parameters specified in table 4.2.7.3.2-2, the throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the
reference measurement channels as specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], except for the
spurious response frequencies.

For table 4.2.7.3.2-2 in frequency range 1, 2 and 3, up to max(24, 6 ⋅ NRB / 6) exceptions are allowed for spurious
response frequencies in each assigned frequency channel when measured using a 1 MHz step size, where N RB is the
number of resource blocks in the downlink transmission bandwidth configuration. For these exceptions the
requirements of clause 4.2.8.3 Spurious response are applicable.

ETSI
 58 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.7.3.2-1: In-band blocking parameters for category NB1

IBB1 test Parameters
Category NB1 signal power
(Pwanted) / dBm REFSENS + 6 dB
Interferer E-UTRA
Interferer signal power
(PInterferer) / dBm - 56 dBm
Interferer bandwidth 5 MHz
+7,5 MHz + 0,005 MHz
Interferer offset from category NB1 channel edge and
-7,5 MHz - 0,005 MHz
IBB2 test Parameters
Category NB1 signal power
(Pwanted) / dBm REFSENS + 6 dB
Interferer E-UTRA
Interferer signal power
(PInterferer) / dBm - 44 dBm
Interferer bandwidth 5 MHz
From +12,5 MHz to FDL_high + 15 MHz
Interferer offset range from category NB1 channel edge and
From -12,5 MHz to FDL_low - 15 MHz

Table 4.2.7.3.2-2: Out-of-band blocking parameters for category NB1 UE

Frequency
Parameter Units
Range 1 Range 2 Range 3
Pwanted dBm REFSENS + 6 dB
Pinterferer (CW) dBm -44 -30 -15
MHz FDL_low - 15 to FDL_low - 60 FDL_low - 60 to FDL_low - 85 FDL_low - 85 to 1 MHz
Finterferer range
MHz FDL_high + 15 to FDL_high + 60 FDL_high + 60 to FDL_high + 85 FDL_high + 85 to 12 750 MHz
NOTE 1: For operating bands which downlink band frequency range is between 729 MHz < 1 GHz the power level of
the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to: -18 dBm for the frequency range which is bounded
by FDL_low - 150 MHz of the lowest band that UE supports in frequency range 729 MHz < 1 GHz and
FDL_high + 150 MHz of the highest band that UE supports in frequency range 729 MHz < 1 GHz.
NOTE 2: For operating bands which downlink band frequency range is between 1 805 MHz < f < 2 200 MHz the
power level of the interferer (PInterferer) for Range 3 shall be modified to: -20 dBm for the frequency range
which is bounded by FDL_low - 200 MHz of the lowest band that UE supports in frequency range
1 805 MHz < f < 2 200 MHz and FDL_high + 200 MHz of the highest band that UE supports in frequency
range 1 805 MHz < f < 2 200 MHz.

4.2.7.3.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.6.3 of the present document.

4.2.8 Receiver Spurious Response

4.2.8.1 Receiver Spurious Response for Single Carrier

4.2.8.1.1 Definition
Spurious response is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency
without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency
at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out-of-band blocking limit as specified in table 4.2.7.1.2-4 is not met.

ETSI
 59 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.8.1.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] with parameters specified in tables 4.2.8.1.2-1 and 4.2.8.1.2-2.

Table 4.2.8.1.2-1: Spurious response parameters

Units Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter
1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in Transmission REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
dBm
Bandwidth Configuration 6 6 6 6 7 9
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in
ETSI TS 136 101 [3] (table 7.3.1-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5).
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is clause A.3.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 3: REFSENS as defined in clause 7.3.3 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Table 4.2.8.1.2-2: Spurious Response

Parameter Units Level
PInterferer (CW) dBm -44
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies

4.2.8.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.7.1 of the present document.

4.2.8.2 Receiver Spurious Response for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands

4.2.8.2.1 Definition
Spurious response is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency
without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency
at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out-of-band blocking limit as specified in table 4.2.7.2.2-2 is not met.

4.2.8.2.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput on SCC of the reference measurement channels as
specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal
as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] with parameters specified in tables 4.2.8.1.2-1
and 4.2.8.1.2-2.

4.2.8.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.7.2 of the present document.

4.2.8.3 Receiver Spurious Response for category NB1

4.2.8.3.1 Definition
Spurious response is a measure of the receiver's ability to receive a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency
without exceeding a given degradation due to the presence of an unwanted CW interfering signal at any other frequency
at which a response is obtained i.e. for which the out-of-band blocking limit as specified in clause 4.2.7.3.2 is not met.

ETSI
 60 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.8.3.2 Limits
The throughput measurement derived in test procedure shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference
measurement channels as specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] with parameters
specified in table 4.2.8.3.2-1.

Table 4.2.8.3.2-1: Spurious response parameters for category NB1

Parameter Unit Level
Psignal dBm REFSENS + 6
PInterferer (CW) dBm -44
FInterferer MHz Spurious response frequencies
Number of spurious response
24 (in OOB range 1, 2, 3)
frequencies
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel is specified in clause A.3.2 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 2: The REFSENS power level is specified in clause 7.3F.1.3 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 3: OOB range 1, 2, 3 refers to table 4.2.7.3.2-2.

4.2.8.3.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.7.3 of the present document.

4.2.9 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristic

4.2.9.1 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for Single Carrier

4.2.9.1.1 Definition
Intermodulation response rejection is a measure of the capability of the receiver to receive- a wanted signal on its
assigned channel frequency in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency
relationship to the wanted signal.

4.2.9.1.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] with parameters specified in table 4.2.9.1.2-1 for the specified
wanted signal mean power in the presence of two interfering signals.

ETSI
 61 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.9.1.2-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation

Channel bandwidth
Rx Parameter Units
1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth 12 8 6 6 7 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 (CW) dBm -46
PInterferer 2
dBm -46
(Modulated)
BW Interferer 2 1,4 3 5
FInterferer 1 (Offset) -BW/2 - 2,1 -BW/2 - 4,5 -BW/2 - 7,5
MHz / / /
+BW/2 + 2,1 +BW/2 + 4,5 +BW/2 + 7,5
FInterferer 2 (Offset) MHz 2 × FInterferer 1
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified
in ETSI TS 136 101 [3] (table 7.3.1-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5).
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is clause A.3.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer shall consist of the Reference measurement channel specified in
clause A.3.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] with set-up according to clause C.3.1 of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1].
The interfering modulated signal is a 5 MHz E-UTRA signal as described in annex C of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1] for channel bandwidth ≥ 5 MHz.
NOTE 4: REFSENS as defined in clause 7.3.3 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 5: For DL category M1 UE, the reference sensitivity for category M1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
tables 7.3EA-1 and 7.3EA-2 should be used as REFSENS for the power in Transmission
Bandwidth Configuration.
NOTE 6: For DL category M1 UE, the parameters for the applicable channel bandwidth apply, and BW
refers to the corresponding channel bandwidth.

4.2.9.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.8.1 of the present document.

4.2.9.2 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only

bands

4.2.9.2.1 Definition
Intermodulation response rejection is a measure of the capability of the receiver to receive a wanted signal on its
assigned channel frequency in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency
relationship to the wanted signal.

4.2.9.2.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput on SCC of the reference measurement channels as
specified in clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal
as described in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] with parameters specified in table 4.2.9.1.2-1 or
table 4.2.9.2.2-1 for band combinations including operating band 46 without uplink operation for the specified wanted
signal mean power in the presence of two interfering signals.

ETSI
 62 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.9.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Wide band intermodulation

for carrier aggregation with band 46
E-UTRA Rx Parameter Units Channel bandwidth
band 1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Power in REFSENS + channel bandwidth specific value below
Transmission
dBm
Bandwidth - - - - - 9
Configuration
PInterferer 1 dBm
-46
(CW)
PInterferer 2 dBm
46 -46
(Modulated)
BW Interferer 2 - - - - - 20
FInterferer 1 MHz -BW/2 - 30
(Offset) - - - - - /
+BW/2 + 30
FInterferer 2 MHz
2*FInterferer 1
(Offset)
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to 4 dB below PCMAX_L at the minimum uplink configuration specified in ETSI
TS 136 101 [3] (table 7.3.1-2 with PCMAX_L as defined in clause 6.2.5).
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in clause A.3.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in clauses A.5.1.1, A.5.2.1 and A.5.4.1 of ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1].
NOTE 3: The modulated interferer consists of the Reference measurement channel specified in clause A.3.2 of
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in
clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

4.2.9.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.8.2 of the present document.

4.2.9.3 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for category NB1

4.2.9.3.1 Definition
Intermodulation response rejection is a measure of the capability of the receiver to receive- a wanted signal on its
assigned channel frequency in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency
relationship to the wanted signal.

4.2.9.3.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described
in clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] with parameters specified in table 4.2.9.3.2-1 for the specified
wanted signal mean power in the presence of two interfering signals.

Table 4.2.9.3.2-1: Test parameters for Wide band intermodulation for category NB1
Parameters for wideband intermodulation
Category NB1 signal power REFSENS + 12 dB
CW interferer signal power -46 dBm
1,4 MHz E-UTRA interferer signal power -46 dBm
CW interferer offset ±2,2 MHz
1,4 MHz E-UTRA interferer offset ±4,4 MHz

4.2.9.3.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.8.3 of the present document.

ETSI
 63 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.10 Receiver Spurious Emissions

4.2.10.1 Receiver Spurious Emissions for Single Carrier

4.2.10.1.1 Definition
The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.

4.2.10.1.2 Limits
The measured spurious emissions derived in clause 5.3.9 shall not exceed the maximum level specified in
table 4.2.10.1.2-1.

Table 4.2.10.1.2-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note
bandwidth level
30 MHz ≤ f < 1 GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1 GHz ≤ f ≤ 12,75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12,75 GHz ≤ f ≤ 5th harmonic of 1 MHz -47 dBm
Note 1
the upper frequency edge of the
DL operating band in GHz
NOTE 1: Shall apply only for Band 22, 42 and Band 43.
NOTE 2: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given by
PDCCH_RA/RB as defined in ETSI TS 136 101 [3], clause C.3.1.

4.2.10.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.9 of the present document.

4.2.10.2 Receiver Spurious Emissions in DL-only bands

4.2.10.2.1 Definition
The spurious emissions power is the power of emissions generated or amplified in a receiver that appear at the UE
antenna connector.

4.2.10.2.2 Limits
The measured spurious emissions in SCC derived in clause 5.3.9 shall not exceed the maximum level specified in
table 4.2.10.2.2-1.

Table 4.2.10.2.2-1: General receiver spurious emission requirements

Frequency Band Measurement Maximum Note

bandwidth level
30 MHz ≤ f < 1 GHz 100 kHz -57 dBm
1 GHz ≤ f ≤ 12,75 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm
12,75 GHz ≤ f ≤ 26 GHz 1 MHz -47 dBm 3
NOTE 1: Unused PDCCH resources are padded with resource element groups with power level given by PDCCH_RA/RB
as defined in ETSI TS 136 101 [3], clause C.3.1.
NOTE 2: The requirements apply when the UE is configured for carrier aggregation but is not transmitting.
NOTE 3: Applies only to Band 46.

4.2.10.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.9 of the present document.

ETSI
 64 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.11 Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio

4.2.11.1 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Single Carrier

4.2.11.1.1 Definition
Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel
frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency.

E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the
assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel
spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular
filters with measurement bandwidths specified in table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1)
and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2). The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth
filter with roll-off factor α = 0,22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with
measurement bandwidth specified in table 4.2.11.1.2-2.

4.2.11.1.2 Limits
If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than
the limits in table 4.2.11.1.2-1.

Table 4.2.11.1.2-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth/E-UTRAACLR1/measurement bandwidth
1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
E-UTRAACLR1 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB
E-UTRA channel 1,08 MHz 2,7 MHz 4,5 MHz 9,0 MHz 13,5 MHz 18 MHz
Measurement
bandwidth
UE channel +1,4 MHz or +3 MHz or +5 MHz or +10 MHz or +15 MHz or +20 MHz or
-1,4 MHz -3 MHz -5 MHz -10 MHz -15 MHz -20 MHz

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 shall be
higher than the limits in table 4.2.11.1.2-2.

ETSI
 65 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.11.1.2-2: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth/UTRAACLR1/2/measurement bandwidth

1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
UTRAACLR1 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB
Adjacent 0,7 + 1,5 + BW UTRA/2 2,5 + BW UTRA/2 5 + BW UTRA/2 7,5 + BW UTRA/2 10 + BWUTRA/2
channel centre BW UTRA/2 / / / / /
frequency / -1,5 - BW UTRA/2 -2,5 - BW UTRA/2 -5 - BW UTRA/2 -7,5 - -10 - BWUTRA/2
offset (in MHz) -0,7 - BW UTRA/2
BW UTRA/2
UTRAACLR2 - - 35,2 dB 35,2 dB 35,2 dB 35,2 dB
Adjacent - - 2,5 + 3 × 5+3× 7,5 + 3 × 10 + 3 × BWUTRA/2
channel centre BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 /
frequency / / / -10 - 3 × BWUTRA/2
offset (in MHz) -2,5 - 3 × -5 - 3 × -7,5 - 3 ×
BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2
E-UTRA
channel
1,08 MHz 2,7 MHz 4,5 MHz 9,0 MHz 13,5 MHz 18 MHz
Measurement
bandwidth
UTRA 5 MHz
channel
Measurement 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz
bandwidth
(see note 1)
UTRA 1,6 MHz
channel
measurement 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz
bandwidth
(see note 2)
NOTE 1: Shall apply for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.
NOTE 2: Shall apply for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.
NOTE 3: BW UTRA for UTRA FDD shall be 5 MHz and for UTRA TDD shall be 1,6 MHz.

4.2.11.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.10 of the present document.

4.2.11.2 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Carrier Aggregation
(DL CA and UL CA)

4.2.11.2.1 Definition
For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the
ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned carrier aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean
power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency.

UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1)
and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2). The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth
filter with roll-off factor α = 0,22. The assigned aggregated channel bandwidth power is measured with a rectangular
filter with measurement bandwidth specified in table 4.2.11.2.2-1.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation when all sub-blocks consist of one component carrier, the UTRA
Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the sum of the filtered mean powers centred on the
assigned sub-block frequencies to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency.
UTRAACLR1/2 limits are applicable for all sub-blocks and are specified in table 4.2.11.2.2-2. UTRAACLR1 is required to
be met in the sub-block gap when the gap bandwidth Wgap is 5 MHz ≤Wgap < 15 MHz. Both UTRAACLR1 and
UTRAACLR2 are required to be met in the sub-block gap when the gap bandwidth Wgap is 15 MHz ≤ Wgap.

ETSI
 66 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA
bands, the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred
on the assigned channel bandwidth on the component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel
frequency. The UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is defined per carrier and the requirement is specified in
clause 4.2.11.1.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with three uplink component carriers (up to two
contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is defined
as follows. For the E-UTRA band supporting one component carrier, the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power
Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth of the component
carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency and the requirements specified in
clause 4.2.11.1 apply. For the E-UTRA band supporting two contiguous component carriers the UTRA Adjacent
Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel
bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency and the requirements
specified in clause 4.2.11.2.2 apply.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, the carrier aggregation E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio
(CA E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered
mean power centred on an adjacent aggregated channel bandwidth at nominal channel spacing. The assigned aggregated
channel bandwidth power and adjacent aggregated channel bandwidth power are measured with rectangular filters with
measurement bandwidth specified in table 4.2.11.2.3-1.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation when all sub-blocks consist of one component carrier the E-UTRA
Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the sum of the filtered mean powers centred on
the assigned sub-block frequencies to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal
channel spacing. In case the sub-block gap bandwidth Wgap is smaller than the sub-block bandwidth then for that sub-
block no E-UTRAACLR limit is set for the gap. In the case of the sub-block gab bandwidth Wgap is smaller than either
of the sub-block bandwidths then no E- UTRAACLR limit is set for the gap. The assigned E-UTRA sub-block power and
adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in
table 4.2.11.2.3-2. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be
higher than the value specified in table 4.2.11.2.3-2.

For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA
bands, E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred
on the assigned channel bandwidth on a component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel
frequency. The E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is defined per carrier and the limits are specified in
clause 4.2.11.1.2.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with three uplink component carriers (up to two
contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is
defined as follows. For the E-UTRA band supporting one component carrier, the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage
power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth of the
component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency and the limit in
clause 4.2.11.1.2 apply. For the E-UTRA band supporting two contiguous component carriers the E-UTRA Adjacent
Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel
bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) aggregated channel bandwidth at nominal channel
spacing and the limits of CA E-UTRAACLR specified in clause 4.2.11.2.3 apply.

4.2.11.2.2 Limits for CA UTRA

If the measured adjacent UTRA channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and
UTRAACLR2, shall be higher than the limits in table 4.2.11.2.2-1 for intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation.

ETSI
 67 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.11.2.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA

CA bandwidth class/UTRAACLR1/2/measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class C
UTRAACLR1 32,2 dB
+ BW Channel_CA / 2 + BW UTRA/2
Adjacent channel centre frequency
/
offset (in MHz)
- BW Channel_CA / 2 - BW UTRA/2
UTRAACLR2 35,2 dB
+ BW Channel_CA / 2 + 3 × BW UTRA/2
Adjacent channel centre frequency
/
offset (in MHz)
- BW Channel_CA / 2 - 3 × BW UTRA/2
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement BW Channel_CA - 2 × BW GB
bandwidth
UTRA 5 MHz channel
3,84 MHz
Measurement bandwidth (note 1)
UTRA 1,6 MHz channel
1,28 MHz
measurement bandwidth (note 2)
NOTE 1: Shall apply for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.
NOTE 2: Shall apply for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Table 4.2.11.2.2-2: Requirements for intraband non-contiguous CA UTRAACLR1/2

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth
1,4 3,0 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
UTRAACLR1 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB
Adjacent channel 0,7 + 1,5 + 2,5 + 5 + BW UTRA / 7,5 + 10 + BW UTRA
centre frequency BW UTRA / 2 BW UTRA / 2 BW UTRA / 2 2 BW UTRA / 2 /2
offset (in MHz) / / / / / /
-0,7 - -1,5 - -2,5 - -5 - BW UTRA / -7,5 -BW UTRA -10 -BW UTRA
BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 2 /2 /2
UTRAACLR2 - - 35,2 dB 35,2 dB 35,2 dB 35,2 dB
Adjacent channel - - 2,5 + 3 × 5+3× 7,5 + 3 × 10 + 3 ×
centre frequency BW UTRA / 2 BW UTRA / 2 BW UTRA / 2 BW UTRA / 2
offset (in MHz) / / / /
-2,5 - 3 × -5 -3 × -7,5 -3 × -10 -3 ×
BW UTRA / 2 BW UTRA / 2 BW UTRA / 2 BW UTRA / 2
E-UTRA channel
Measurement 1,08 MHz 2,7 MHz 4,5 MHz 9,0 MHz 13,5 MHz 18 MHz
bandwidth
UTRA 5MHz
channel
3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz
Measurement
1
bandwidth
UTRA 1,6MHz
channel
1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz
measurement
2
bandwidth
NOTE 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.
NOTE 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.
NOTE 3: BW UTRA for UTRA FDD is 5 MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1,6 MHz.

4.2.11.2.3 Limits for CA EUTRA

If the measured adjacent E-UTRA channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, shall
be higher than the limits in table 4.2.11.2.3-1.

ETSI
 68 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.11.2.3-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR

CA bandwidth class/CA E-UTRAACLR/Measurement

bandwidth
CA bandwidth class B and C
CA E-UTRAACLR 29,2 dB
CA E-UTRA channel BW Channel_CA - 2 × BW GB
Measurement bandwidth
+ BW Channel_CA
Adjacent channel centre
/
frequency offset (in MHz)
- BW Channel_CA

Table 4.2.11.2.3-2: Intraband non-contiguous CA E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth
1,4 3,0 5 10 15 20
MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz
E-UTRAACLR1 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB
E-UTRA channel 1,08 MHz 2,7 MHz 4,5 MHz 9,0 MHz 13,5 MHz 18 MHz
Measurement
bandwidth
UE channel +1,4 MHz or +3 MHz or +5 MHz or +10 MHz or +15 MHz or +20 MHz or
-1,4 MHz -3 MHz -5 MHz -10 MHz -15 MHz -20 MHz

4.2.11.2.4 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.10 of the present document.

4.2.11.3 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for UL-MIMO

4.2.11.3.1 Definition
E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the
filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA
channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth
specified in table 4.2.11.3.2-1.

For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the requirements in
table 4.2.11.3.2-1 apply to each transmit antenna connector with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in
table 4.2.2.3.1-1.

UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency
to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.

UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel
(UTRAACLR2). The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor
α= 0,22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth
specified in table 4.2.11.3.2-2.

For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the requirements in
table 4.2.11.3.2-2 apply to each transmit antenna connector with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in
table 4.2.2.3.1-1.

4.2.11.3.2 Limits
If the measured E-UTRA adjacent channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than
the value specified in table 4.2.11.3.2-1.

ETSI
 69 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.11.3.2-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR

Channel bandwidth/E-UTRAACLR1/measurement bandwidth

1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
E-UTRAACLR1 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB 29,2 dB
E-UTRA 1,08 MHz 2,7 MHz 4,5 MHz 9,0 MHz 13,5 MHz 18 MHz
channel
Measurement
bandwidth
UE channel +1,4 MHz or +3 MHz or +5 MHz or +10 MHz +15 MHz +20 MHz
-1,4 MHz -3 MHz -5 MHz or or or
-10 MHz -15 MHz -20 MHz

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher
than the value specified in table 4.2.11.3.2-2.

Table 4.2.11.3.2-2: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2

Channel bandwidth/E-UTRAACLR1/2/measurement bandwidth

1,4 MHz 3,0 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
E-UTRAACLR1 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB 32,2 dB
Adjacent channel 0,7 + 1,5 + BW UTRA/2 2,5 + 5 + BW UTRA/2 7,5 + 10 + BW UTRA/2
centre frequency BW UTRA/2 / BW UTRA/2 / BW UTRA/2 /
offset (in MHz) / -1,5 - BW UTRA/2 / -5 - BW UTRA/2 / -10 - BW UTRA/2
-0,7 - -2,5 - -7,5 -
BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2
UTRAACLR2 - - 35,2 dB 35,2 dB 35,2 dB 35,2 dB
Adjacent channel - - 2,5 + 3 × 5+3× 7,5 + 3 × 10 + 3 ×
centre frequency BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2
offset (in MHz) / / / /
-2,5 - 3 × -5 - 3 × -7,5 - 3 × -10 - 3 ×
BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2 BW UTRA/2
E-UTRA channel 1,08 MHz 2,7 MHz 4,5 MHz 9,0 MHz 13,5 MHz 18 MHz
Measurement
bandwidth
UTRA 5 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz 3,84 MHz
channel
Measurement
bandwidth (note 1)
UTRA 1,6 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz 1,28 MHz
channel
measurement
bandwidth (note 2)
NOTE 1: Shall apply for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.
NOTE 2: Shall apply for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

4.2.11.3.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.10 of the present document.

4.2.11.4 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH
within a component carrier

4.2.11.4.1 Definition
For UE supporting multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the operating band.

Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel
frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency.

ETSI
 70 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.11.4.2 Limits
If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than
the limits in table 4.2.11.1.2-1.

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 shall be
higher than the limits in table 4.2.11.1.2-1.

4.2.11.4.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.10 of the present document.

4.2.11.5 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for category NB1

4.2.11.5.1 Definition
Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel
frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency.

4.2.11.5.2 Limits
The assigned category NB1 channel power and adjacent channel power are measured with filters and measurement
bandwidths specified in table 4.2.11.5.2-1.

If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the measured GSMACLR and UTRAACLR shall be
higher than the limits in table 4.2.11.5.2-1. GSMACLR requirement is intended for protection of GSM system.
UTRAACLR requirement is intended for protection of UTRA and E-UTRA systems.

Table 4.2.11.5.2-1: Category NB1 UE ACLR Test requirements

GSMACLR UTRAACLR
ACLR 19,2 dB 36,2 dB
Adjacent channel
centre frequency offset ±200 kHz ±2,5 MHz
from category NB1 Channel edge
Adjacent channel
180 kHz 3,84 MHz
measurement bandwidth
RRC-filter
Measurement filter Rectangular
α = 0,22
Category NB1 channel
180 kHz 180 kHz
measurement bandwidth
Category NB1 channel
Rectangular Rectangular
Measurement filter

4.2.11.5.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.10 of the present document.

ETSI
 71 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.12 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level

4.2.12.0 General
Unless otherwise stated, the receiver characteristics are specified at the antenna connector(s) of the UE. For UE(s) with
an integral antenna only, a reference antenna(s) with a gain of 0 dBi should be assumed for each antenna port(s).

4.2.12.1 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for Single Carrier

4.2.12.1.1 Definition
Reference sensitivity measures the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area of an
e-NodeB.

4.2.12.1.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in
table 4.2.12.1.2-1 and table 7.3.3-2 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Table 4.2.12.1.2-1: Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS

Channel bandwidth
E-UTRA 1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Duplex Mode
Band (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
1 - - -99,3 -96,3 -94,5 -93,3 FDD
3 -101,0 -98,0 -96,3 -93,3 -91,5 -90,3 FDD
7 - - -97,3 -94,3 -92,5 -91,3 FDD
8 -101,5 -98,5 -96,3 -93,3 - - FDD
20 - - -96,3 -93,3 -90,5 -89,3 FDD
22 - - -96,0 -93,0 -91,2 -90,0 FDD
28 - -99,5 -97,8 -94,8 -93,0 -90,3 FDD
31 -98,3 -95,0 -92,8 - - - FDD
33 - - -99,3 -96,3 -94,5 -93,3 TDD
34 - - -99,3 -96,3 -94,5 - TDD
38 - - -99,3 -96,3 -94,5 -93,3 TDD
40 - - -99,3 -96,3 -94,5 -93,3 TDD
41 -97.3 -94.3 -92.5 -91.3 TDD
42 - - -98,0 -95,0 -93,2 -92,0 TDD
43 - - -98,0 -95,0 -93,2 -92,0 TDD
65 -103,5 -100,5 -98,8 -95,8 -94,0 -92,8 FDD
68 -97,8 -94,8 -93,0 FDD
72 -98,3 -95,0 -92,8 FDD
87 -98,3 -95,0 -92,8 FDD
88 -98,3 -95,0 -92,8 FDD
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to maximum output power level (ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.3.5-2).
NOTE 2: The reference measurement channel is specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: The signal power is specified per port.

The reference receive sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement specified in table 4.2.12.1.2-1 shall be met for an uplink
transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.3.5-2.

ETSI
 72 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.12.1.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.11 of the present document.

4.2.12.2 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only

bands

4.2.12.2.1 Definition
Reference sensitivity measures the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area of an
e-NodeB.

4.2.12.2.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3
for the DL-signal as described in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1, A.5.2.1 and A.5.4.1) with parameters
specified in table 4.2.12.2.2-1 and table 7.3A.3.5-2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Table 4.2.12.2.2-1: Reference sensitivity QPSK PREFSENS

for inter-band Carrier Aggregation in DL-only band
Channel bandwidth
EUTRA CA E-UTRA 1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Duplex
Configuration Band (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) Mode
1 - - -99,3 -96,3 -94,5 -93,3 FDD
CA_1A-46A
46 - - - - - -88,5 TDD
3 - - -96,3 -93,3 -91,5 -90,3 FDD
CA_3A-46A
46 - - - - - -88,5 TDD
7 - - -97,3 -94,3 -92,5 -91,3 FDD
CA_7A-46A
46 - - - - - -88,5 TDD
20 - - -96,3 -93,3 - -
CA_20A-32A FDD
32 - - -99,3 -96,3 -94,5 -93,3
42 - - -98 -95 -93,2 -92
CA_42A-46A TDD
46 - - - - - -81,5
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to maximum output power level.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause A.3.2 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD/FS3 as described in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] in clauses A.5.1.1, A.5.2.1
and A.5.4.1.
NOTE 3: The signal power is specified per port.
NOTE 4: Void.
NOTE 5: The requirement for B46 does not apply when there is at least one individual RE within the B46
downlink transmission bandwidth which falls into the reference sensitivity exclusion region as specified
in table 4.2.12.2.2-2.
NOTE 6: Void.

Table 4.2.12.2.2-2 specifies the Band 46 reference measurement exclusion region for different licensed component
carriers and channel bandwidth. The exclusion region is defined according to the licensed component carrier channel
bandwidth. The UL configurations to be adopted for the test are specified in table 7.3.1-2 in ETSI TS 136 101 [3]. The
exclusion region in table 4.2.12.2.2-2 is specified for the case of 10 MHz and 20 MHz channel bandwidth in Band 46.

ETSI
 73 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.12.2.2-2: Band 46 Reference sensitivity measurement exclusion region in MHz

Licensed Component Carriers / E-UTRA Band / Harmonic order / Channel BW in UL

Licensed Component
Harmonic order 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz
Carriers
1 3 ±15 ±23 ±35 ±45
3 3 ±15 ±23 ±35 ±45
71 2 ±15 ±25 ±38 ±50
NOTE 1: Even though UL harmonic does not fall directly into Band 46 the exclusion region still applies.
NOTE 2: The centre of the exclusion region is obtained by multiplying the UL channel centre frequency by
the harmonic order.

4.2.12.2.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.11 of the present document.

4.2.12.3 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for category NB1

4.2.12.3.1 Definition
To verify the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference measurement
channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area of an
e-NodeB.

4.2.12.3.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause A.3.2 2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as
described in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in table 4.2.12.3.2-1.

Table 4.2.12.3.2-1: Reference sensitivity for category NB1

Operating band REFSENS [dBm]
1, 3, 8, 20, 28, 65, 72, 87, 88 -107,5

4.2.12.3.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.11 of the present document.

4.2.12.4 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for UE category 0

4.2.12.4.1 Definition
Reference sensitivity measures the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area of an
e-NodeB.

4.2.12.4.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 (with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the
DL-signal as described in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1) with parameters specified in
table 4.2.12.4.2-1 and table 4.2.12.4.2-2.

ETSI
 74 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.12.4.2-1: Reference sensitivity for FDD and TDD UE category 0 QPSK PREFSENS

Channel bandwidth
E-UTRA 1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Duplex
Band (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) Mode
3 -98,5 -95,5 -93,8 -90,8 -89 -87,8 FDD
8 -99 -96 -93,8 -90,8 FDD
20 -93,8 -90,8 -87,5 -86,3 FDD
41 -94.8 -91.8 -90,0 -88.8 TDD
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as
described in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.

Table 4.2.12.4.2-2: Reference sensitivity for HD-FDD UE category 0 QPSK PREFSENS

Channel bandwidth
E-UTRA 1,4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Duplex
Band (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) Mode
3 -99,3 -96,3 -94,6 -91,6 -89,8 -88,6 HD-FDD
8 -99,8 -96,8 -94,6 -91,6 HD-FDD
20 -94,6 -91,6 -88,8 -87,6 HD-FDD
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause 6.2.5.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause A.3.2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described
in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.

The reference receive sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement specified in table 4.2.12.4.2-1 and table 4.2.12.4.2-2 shall be
met for an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in ETSI TS 136 101 [3], table 7.3.1E-2.

4.2.12.4.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.11.3 of the present document.

4.2.12.5 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for UE category M1

4.2.12.5.1 Definition
Reference sensitivity measures the UE's ability to receive data with a given average throughput for a specified reference
measurement channel, under conditions of low signal level, ideal propagation and no added noise.

A UE unable to meet the throughput requirement under these conditions will decrease the effective coverage area of an
e-NodeB.

4.2.12.5.2 Limits
The throughput shall be ≥ 95 % of the maximum throughput of the reference measurement channels as specified in
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.2.2, A.2.3 and A.3.2 with parameters specified in table 4.2.12.5.2-1 and
table 4.2.12.5.2-2.

ETSI
 75 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.12.5.2-1: Reference sensitivity for FDD and TDD UE category M1 QPSK PREFSEN

E-UTRA Band REFSENS (dBm) Duplex Mode

1 -101,5 FDD
3 -98,5 FDD
7 -95,5 FDD
8 -99,0 FDD
20 -99,0 FDD
28 -100,0 FDD
31 -95,8 FDD
41 -101,0 TDD
72 -95,8 FDD
87 -95,8 FDD
88 -95,8 FDD
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.5EA.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause A.3.2 with
one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: Void.
NOTE 4: Void.
NOTE 5: For cat M1 the same RF bandwidth applies for all applicable channel bandwidths as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 5.4.2.1-1.
NOTE 6: The reference receive sensitivity shall be met for an uplink transmission bandwidth less than
or equal to 6 RB except for band 31. For band 31; in the case of 3 MHz channel bandwidth
5 RB applies and the UL resource blocks shall be located at RBstart 9. In case of 5 MHz
channel bandwidth 5 RB applies and the UL resource blocks shall be located at RBstart 10.
NOTE 7: The UL resource blocks shall be located as close as possible to the downlink operating band
but confined within the transmission bandwidth configuration for the channel bandwidth.
NOTE 8: These REFSENS levels are applicable only to 6 RB. OCNG shall be filled to the entire
channel bandwidth with the same PSD of REFSENS level in 6 RBs.

Table 4.2.12.5.2-2: Reference sensitivity for HD-FDD UE category M1 QPSK PREFSENS

E-UTRA Band REFSENS (dBm) Duplex Mode

1 -102,3 HD-FDD
3 -99,3 HD-FDD
7 -100,3 HD-FDD
8 -99,8 HD-FDD
20 -99,8 HD-FDD
28 -100,8 HD-FDD
31 -96,6 HD-FDD
72 -96,6 HD-FDD
87 -96,6 HD-FDD
88 -96,6 HD-FDD
NOTE 1: The transmitter shall be set to PUMAX as defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.5EA.
NOTE 2: Reference measurement channel is specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause A.3.2 with
one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD as described in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.
NOTE 3: Void.
NOTE 4: Void.
NOTE 5: For cat M1 the same RF bandwidth applies for all applicable channel bandwidths as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 5.4.2-1.
NOTE 6: These REFSENS levels are applicable only to 6 RB. OCNG shall be filled to the entire
channel bandwidth with the same PSD of REFSENS level in 6 RBs.

The reference receive sensitivity (REFSENS) requirement specified in table 4.2.12.5.2-1 and table 4.2.12.5.2-2 shall be
met for an uplink transmission bandwidth less than or equal to that specified in ETSI TS 136 101 [3], table 7.3.1E-5.

4.2.12.5.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.11.4 of the present document.

ETSI
 76 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4.2.13 Receiver Total Radiated Sensitivity (TRS)

4.2.13.0 Applicability
The present requirement applies to handheld phones/DUTs that are wider than or equal to 56 mm and narrower than or
equal to 72 mm.

'Receiver Total Radiated Sensitivity (TRS)' requirements for devices not fitting this width criteria (e.g. devices narrower
than 56 mm and wider than 72 mm) are not covered by the current version of the present document.

4.2.13.1 Definition
The Total Radiated Sensitivity is defined as:

4π
TRS =
 1 1 
  EISθ (Ω; f ) EISϕ (Ω; f ) dΩ
 +
 
Where the Effective Isotropic Sensitivity (EIS) is defined as the power available at the antenna output such as the
sensitivity threshold is achieved for each polarization. Ω is the solid angle describing the direction, f is frequency.
θ and ϕ are the orthogonal polarizations.

2NM
TRS ≈
N −1 M −1  1 1 
π  +  sin(θn )
 θ n m
n =0 m=0  EIS (θ , ϕ ; f ) EIS (θ ,
ϕ n m ϕ ; f ) 
In these formulas, N and M are the number of sampling intervals for theta and phi. θ n and ϕm are the measurement
angles. The sampling intervals are discussed further in clause 4.4 of ETSI TS 137 544 [6].

The TRS can also be calculated from measurements in a Rayleigh fading 3 dimensional isotropic environment within
average uniform elevation and azimuth distribution. The calculation of the TRS is in this case based on searching for
the lowest power received by the UE/MS for a discrete number of field combinations in the chamber that gives a BER
that is better than the specified target BER level. By calibrating the average power transfer function, an absolute value
of the TRS can be obtained. The following expression can be used to find the TRS:
−1
 N 
  (C n (1 − Rn )Pthres , n )
TRS ≈ 2 N  
n =1
N

 Pref ,n n =1

where P ref ,n
is the reference power transfer function for fixed measurement antenna n, Rn is the reflection coefficient
for fixed measurement antenna n and Cn is the path loss in the cables connecting the measurement receiver to fixed
measurement antenna n. These parameters are calculated from the calibration measurement and are further discussed in
clause B.2 of ETSI TS 137 544 [6]. P is calculated by using the following equation:
thres ,n

M
1
 thres 2
m=1 S 21,n, m
Pthres,n =
M

ETSI
 77 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

thres
where S21,n,m is the m:th value of the transfer function for fixed measurement antenna n, which gives the BER
threshold. M is the total number of values of the BER threshold power measured for each fixed measurement antenna.

4.2.13.2 Limits
The average measured Total Radiated Sensitivity (TRS) of low, mid and high channels for handheld UE shall be lower
than the average TRS requirement specified in table 4.2.13.2-1. The averaging shall be done in linear scale for the TRS
results of both right and left side of the phantom head. Average TRS requirement is shown in the column "Average" on
the requirement tables.

  1 1 1 1 1 1 
TRSaverage = 10 log6  Pleft _ low /10 + Pleft _ mid /10 + Pleft _ high /10 + Pright _ low /10 + Pright _ mid /10 + Pright _ high /10 
  10 10 10 10 10 10 

Table 4.2.13.2-1: TRS minimum requirements for E-UTRA FDD and TDD bands in the speech position
Beside Head Hand Left and Beside Head Hand Right (BHHL/BHHR) for the primary mechanical mode
Operating band Unit <REFÎor>
Average
1 dBm/10 MHz -86
3 dBm/10 MHz -86
7 dBm/10 MHz -85,7
8 dBm/10 MHz -82,5
20 dBm/10 MHz -82,5
28 dBm/10 MHz -82,5
38 dBm/20 MHz -82,5
40 dBm/20 MHz -82,5
NOTE: Not applicable for carrier aggregation.

NOTE: The TRS minimum requirements are applicable for devices wider than or equal to 56 mm and narrower
than or equal to 72 mm as defined in ETSI TR 125 914 [i.13].

4.2.13.3 Conformance
The conformance tests for this requirement shall be as defined in clause 5.3.12 of the present document.

4.2.14 Total Radiated Power (TRP)

4.2.14.0 Applicability
The present requirement applies to handheld phones/DUTs that are wider than or equal to 56 mm and narrower than or
equal to 72 mm.

'Total Radiated Power (TRP)' requirements for devices not fitting this width criteria (e.g. devices narrower than 56 mm
and wider than 72 mm) are not covered by the current version of the present document.

4.2.14.1 Definition
The Total Radiated Power (TRP) is a measure of how much power the DUT actually radiates. The TRP is defined as the
integral of the power transmitted in different directions over the entire radiation sphere:

1
(EIRPθ (Ω; f ) + EIRPϕ (Ω; f ))dΩ
4π 
TRP=

Where Ω is the solid angle describing the direction, f is frequency. θ and ϕ are the orthogonal polarizations. EIRP
θ

and EIRP
ϕ are the actually transmitted power-levels in corresponding polarizations.

ETSI
 78 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Thus:

π N −1 M −1
TRP ≈
2 NM
  [EIRPθ (θ
n=0 m =0
n , ϕ m ; f ) + EIRPϕ (θ n , ϕ m ; f ) ]sin(θ n )

In these formulas N and M are the number of sampling intervals for theta and phi. n and mare the measurement θ ϕ
angles. The sampling intervals are discussed further in clause 4.4 of ETSI TS 137 544 [6].

The TRP can also be calculated from Rayleigh faded samples of the total power transmitted from the UE. The
measurement of transmitter performance in an isotropic Rayleigh fading environment is based on sampling the radiated
power of the UE for a discrete number of field combinations in the chamber. The average value of these statistically
distributed samples is proportional to the TRP and by calibrating the average power transfer function, an absolute value
of the TRP can be obtained.

Thus:

N
 Pn 
 C (1 − R ) 
TRP ≈
n =1  n n 
N

P
n =1
ref , n

where Pref,n is the reference power transfer function for fixed measurement antenna n, Rn is the reflection coefficient
C
for fixed measurement antenna n and n is the path loss in the cables connecting the measurement receiver to fixed
measurement antenna n. These parameters are calculated from the calibration measurement and are further discussed in
P
clause B.2 of ETSI TS 137 544 [6]. n is the average power measured by fixed measurement antenna n and can be
calculated using the following expression:
M

S
2
21, n , m
m =1
Pn =
M

where S21,n,m is sample number m of the complex transfer function measured with fixed measurement antenna n and
M is the total number of samples measured for each fixed measurement antenna.

NOTE 1: All averaging are performed using linear power values (e.g. measurements in Watts).

NOTE 2: The requirements and this test apply to all types of UTRA for the FDD UE for Release 7 and later
releases.

4.2.14.2 Limits
The average TRP of low, mid and high channels in beside head position shall be higher than minimum performance
requirements for roaming bands shown in table 4.2.14.2-1. The averaging shall be done in linear scale for the TRP
results of both right and left side of the phantom head.

10Pleft _ low / 10 + 10Pleft _ mid / 10 + 10Pleft _ high / 10 + 10Pright _ low / 10 + 10Pright _ mid / 10 + 10Pright _ high / 10 
TRPaverage = 10 log 
 6 

ETSI
 79 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Table 4.2.14.2-1: TRP minimum performance requirement for E-UTRA FDD and TDD bands in the
speech position Beside Head Hand Left and Beside Head Hand Right (BHHL/BHHR)
for primary mechanical mode
Operating band Unit Power Class 3
Power (dBm)
Average
1 dBm/10 MHz 10,9
3 dBm/10 MHz 10,9
7 dBm/10 MHz 10,9
8 dBm/10 MHz 7,6
20 dBm/10 MHz 7,6
28 dBm/10 MHz 7,6
38 dBm/20 MHz 10,9
40 dBm/20 MHz 10,9
NOTE: Not applicable for carrier aggregation.

NOTE: The TRP minimum requirements are applicable for devices wider than or equal to 56 mm and narrower
than or equal to 72 mm as defined in ETSI TR 125 914 [i.13].

5 Testing for compliance with technical requirements

5.1 Environmental conditions for testing

Tests defined in the present document shall be carried out at representative points within the boundary limits of the
operational environmental profile defined by its intended use.

Where technical performance varies subject to environmental conditions, tests shall be carried out under a sufficient
variety of environmental conditions (within the boundary limits of the operational environmental profile defined by its
intended use) to give confidence of compliance for the affected technical requirements.

Normally it should be sufficient for all tests to be conducted using normal test conditions except where otherwise stated.

Test environments are specified in annex B.

For guidance on the use of other conditions to be used in order to show compliance reference can be made to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clause F.1.1.

For each operating frequency band of the UE, the tests in the present document are performed with appropriate
frequencies defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2].

5.2 Void

5.3 Essential radio test suites

5.3.0 General
This clause describes the test suites that shall be used for E-UTRA FDD and TDD.

This clause also describes the test suites that shall be used for E-UTRA half duplex FDD and full duplex FDD for UE
category 0 and UE category M1.

ETSI
 80 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.1 Transmitter Maximum Output Power

5.3.1.1 Transmitter maximum output power for Single Carrier

5.3.1.1.1 Method of test

5.3.1.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.1.1.1.2 Procedure

1) Sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.2.2.1.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]. Since the UE has no payload
and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

3) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode. The period of
measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with transient
periods are not under test.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2.

5.3.1.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.2.1.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 81 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.1.2 Transmitter maximum output power for intra-band contiguous Carrier

Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA)

5.3.1.2.1 Method of test

5.3.1.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], in
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0
and uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2A.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.1.2.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.2.2A.1.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

6) Measure the mean transmitted power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access
mode. The period of measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD
slots with transient periods are not under test.

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2A.1.

5.3.1.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.2.2.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 82 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.1.2A Transmitter maximum output power for inter-band Carrier Aggregation

(DL CA and UL CA)

5.3.1.2A.1 Method of test

5.3.1.2A.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range for PCC and SCC, high range for PCC and SCC; as specified in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], in
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0
and uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.2.2A.2.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.1.2A.1.2 Test procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.2.2A.2.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

6) Measure the mean transmitted power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access
mode. The period of measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD
slots with transient periods are not under test.

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2A.2.

5.3.1.2A.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.2.2.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 83 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.1.3 Transmitter maximum output power for UL-MIMO

5.3.1.3.1 Method of test

5.3.1.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2B.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.1.3.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.2.2B.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]. Since the UE has no payload
and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

3) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode. The period of
measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with transient
periods are not under test.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2B.

5.3.1.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.2.3.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.1.4 Transmitter maximum output power for category NB1

5.3.1.4.1 Method of Test

5.3.1.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: frequency ranges as defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause K.1.2 as specified in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.3.1.

ETSI
 84 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors using only the main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.4.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2F.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.1.4.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.2.2F.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]. Since the UE has
no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC (UE should
be already transmitting PUMAX after initial conditions setting).

2) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode. The period of
measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms) for subcarrier spacing of
15 kHz or one slot (2 ms) excluding the 2 304 Ts gap when UE is not transmitting for sub-carrier spacing of
3,75 kHz. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

NOTE: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with
different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS releases the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensures
that the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5
using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2F.

5.3.1.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.2.4.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.1.5 Transmitter maximum output power for UE category 0

5.3.1.5.1 Method of test

5.3.1.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.1.1.1.1 with the following exceptions:

• Instead of clause 6.2.2.4.1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use clause 6.2.2E.4.1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
• Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2] annex A, figure A.3 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.1.5.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.1.1.1.2 with the following exception for HD-FDD:

• In step 3), slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

ETSI
 85 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2E.

5.3.1.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.2.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.1.6 Transmitter maximum output power for UE category M1

5.3.1.6.1 Method of test

5.3.1.6.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2] annex A, figure A.3 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2EA.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.1.6.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.2.2EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

3) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode. The period of
measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with transient
periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not
under test.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.2.2EA.

5.3.1.6.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.2.5.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 86 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.2 Transmitter Spectrum Emission Mask

5.3.2.1 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Single Carrier

5.3.2.1.1 Method of test

5.3.2.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz, 10 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.2.1.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until
the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3) Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to
tables 4.2.3.1.2-1 or 4.2.3.1.2-2 or 4.2.3.1.2-3, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped
in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The
measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1.

5.3.2.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.3.1.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 87 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.2.2 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for intra-band contiguous Carrier

Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA)

5.3.2.2.1 Method of test

5.3.2.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], in
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0
and uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1A.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.2.2.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

6) Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to
tables 4.2.3.2.2-1 or 4.2.3.2.2-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous
steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement
period shall capture the active TSs.

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1A.1.

5.3.2.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.3.2.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 88 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.2.2A Transmitter spectrum emission mask for inter-band Carrier Aggregation

(DL CA and UL CA)

5.3.2.2A.1 Method of test

5.3.2.2A.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range for PCC and SCC, high range for PCC and SCC; as specified in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], in
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0
and uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1A.2.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.2.2A.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.6.2.1A.2.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

6) Measure the power of the transmitted signal for PCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to
tables 4.2.3.1.2-1 or 4.2.3.1.2-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous
steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement
period shall capture the active TSs.

7) Measure the power of the transmitted signal for SCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to
tables 4.2.3.1.2-1 or 4.2.3.1.2-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous
steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement
period shall capture the active TSs.

8) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1A.2.

ETSI
 89 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.2.2A.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.3.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.2.3 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for UL-MIMO

5.3.2.3.1 Method of test

5.3.2.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz, 10 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1B.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.2.3.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.1B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until
the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3) Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to
tables 4.2.3.1.2-1 or 4.2.3.1.2-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous
steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement
period shall capture the active TSs.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1B.

5.3.2.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.3.3.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 90 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.2.4 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a

component carrier

5.3.2.4.1 Method of test

5.3.2.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz, 10 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1_1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.2.4.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.1_1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until
the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3) Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to
tables 4.2.3.1.2-1 or 4.2.3.1.2-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous
steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement
period shall capture the active TSs.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1.1.

5.3.2.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.3.4.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 91 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.2.5 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for category NB1

5.3.2.5.1 Method of test

5.3.2.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: frequency ranges defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause K.1.1; as specified in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.4.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1F.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.2.5.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.1F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC (UE should be already transmitting PUMAX after Initial
Conditions setting).

2) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test
configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.2.3F.5-1. The
measurement duration is at least one sub-frame (1 ms) for 15 kHz channel spacing, and at least a 2 ms slot
(excluding the 2 304Ts gap when UE is not transmitting) respectively for the 3,75 kHz channel spacing.

3) Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to
table 4.2.3.5.2-1, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps
according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period
shall capture the active TSs.

NOTE: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with
different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS releases the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensures
that the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5
using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1.

5.3.2.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.3.5.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 92 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.2.6 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for UE category 0

5.3.2.6.1 Method of test

5.3.2.6.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.2.1.1.1 with following exceptions:

• Instead of clause 6.6.2.1.4.1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use clause 6.6.2.1E.4.1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
• Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.3 using only
main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.2.6.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.2.1.1.2 with following exception:

• Instead of table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use table 6.6.2.1E.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1E.

5.3.2.6.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.3.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.2.7 Transmitter spectrum emission mask for UE category M1

5.3.2.7.1 Method of test

5.3.2.7.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz, 10 MHz and 15 MHz channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.3 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1EA.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

ETSI
 93 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.2.7.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.1EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE
transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until
the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3) Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to
tables 4.2.3.1.2-1 and 4.2.3.1.2-3, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in
continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The
measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.1EA.

5.3.2.7.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.3.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.3 Transmitter Spurious Emissions

5.3.3.1 Transmitter spurious emissions for Single Carrier

5.3.3.1.1 Method of test

5.3.3.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2].

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.3.1.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.3.1.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.3.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously Up power control commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE
transmits at PUMAX level.

ETSI
 94 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

3) For each applicable requirement in tables from 4.2.4.1.2-2 to 4.2.4.1.2-6; measure the power of the transmitted
signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in
contiguous steps according to the tables. The measured power shall be verified for each step. The measurement
period shall capture the active time slots.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses 6.6.3.1, 6.6.3.2 and 6.6.3.3.

5.3.3.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.4.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.3.2 Transmitter spurious emissions for intra-band contiguous Carrier Aggregation

(DL CA and UL CA)

5.3.3.2.1 Method of test

5.3.3.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0
and uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.3.1A.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.3.2.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.6.3.1A.1.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

ETSI
 95 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

6) For each applicable requirement in tables from 4.2.4.2.2-2 to 4.2.4.2.2-7; measure the power of the transmitted
signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths for each component carrier. The centre frequency of the filter
shall be stepped in contiguous steps according to the tables. The measured power shall be verified for each
step. The measurement period shall capture the active time slots.

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses 6.6.3.1A.1 and 6.6.3.2A.1.

5.3.3.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.4.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.3.2A Transmitter spurious emissions for inter-band Carrier Aggregation

(DL CA and UL CA)

5.3.3.2A.1 Method of test

5.3.3.2A.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range for PCC and SCC, high range for PCC and SCC; as specified in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0
and uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.3.1A.2.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.3.2A.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.6.3.1A.2.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

ETSI
 96 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

6) For each applicable requirement in table 4.2.4.2.2-3A; measure the power of the transmitted signal with a
measurement filter of bandwidths for each component carrier. The centre frequency of the filter shall be
stepped in contiguous steps according to the tables. The measured power shall be verified for each step. The
measurement period shall capture the active time slots.

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses 6.6.3.1A.2 and 6.6.3.2A.2.

5.3.3.2A.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.4.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.3.3 Transmitter spurious emissions for UL-MIMO

5.3.3.3.1 Method of test

5.3.3.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2].

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.3B.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.3.3.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.3B.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously Up power control commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE
transmits at PUMAX level.

3) For each applicable requirement in tables 4.2.4.1.2-2 and 4.2.4.1.2-3, measure the power of the transmitted
signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in
contiguous steps according to the tables. The measured power shall be verified for each step. The measurement
period shall capture the active time slots.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses 6.6.3B.1 and 6.6.3B.2.

ETSI
 97 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.3.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.4.3.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.3.4 Transmitter spurious emissions for Multi-Cluster PUSCH within a component

carrier

5.3.3.4.1 Method of test

5.3.3.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: Highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.3.1_1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.3.4.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.3.1_1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no
payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously Up power control commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE
transmits at PUMAX level.

3) For the requirements in table 4.2.4.1.2-2, measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement
filter of bandwidths. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in contiguous steps according to the
tables. The measured power shall be verified for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active
time slots.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.3.1.1.

5.3.3.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.4.4.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 98 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.3.5 Transmitter spurious emissions for category NB1

5.3.3.5.1 Method of test

5.3.3.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: Frequency ranges defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause K.1.2, see ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 8.1.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1.1 and H.4.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.3F.1.4.1 and
clause 6.6.3F.2.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.3.5.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC
according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.3F.1.4.1-1 or table 6.6.3F.2.4.1-1 (co-existence) and with the
scheduling pattern according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause A.2. Since the UE has no payload and no
loopback data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC (UE should be already
transmitting PUMAX after Initial Conditions setting).

2) For each applicable requirement in tables 4.2.4.1.2-1 and 4.2.4.1.2-2, measure the power of the transmitted
signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in
contiguous steps according to the tables. The measured power shall be verified for each step. The measurement
period shall capture the active time slots.

NOTE: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with
different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS releases the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensures
that the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5
using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses 6.6.3F.1 and 6.6.3F.2.

5.3.3.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.4.5.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 99 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.3.6 Transmitter spurious emissions for UE category 0

5.3.3.6.1 Method of test

5.3.3.6.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.3.1.1.1 with following exceptions for HD-FDD:

• Instead of clause 6.6.3.1.4.1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use clauses 6.6.3E.1.4.1 or 6.6.3E.2.4.1 in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], as applicable.

• Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2] annex A, figure A.3 using only
main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.3.6.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.3.1.1.2 with following exception for HD-FDD:

• In step 3), slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.3E.

5.3.3.6.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.4.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.3.7 Transmitter spurious emissions for UE category M1

5.3.3.7.1 Method of test

5.3.3.7.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested:

• for general requirements: lowest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1; or

• for operating band specific requirements to protected bands: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidths as
defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.7 using only
main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], use
clauses 6.6.3EA.1.4.1 or 6.6.3EA.2.4.1, as applicable.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

ETSI
 100 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.3.7.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], use tables 6.6.3EA.1.4.1-1 or
6.6.3EA.2.4.1-1, as applicable. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC
padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until
the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3) For each applicable requirement in tables from 4.2.4.1.2-2 to 4.2.4.1.2-4 measure the power of the transmitted
signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in
contiguous steps according to the tables. The measured power shall be verified for each step. The measurement
period shall capture the active time slots.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.3EA.

5.3.3.7.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.4.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.4 Transmitter Minimum Output Power

5.3.4.1 Transmitter minimum output power for Single Carrier

5.3.4.1.1 Method of test

5.3.4.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth, as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

ETSI
 101 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.4.1.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.3.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuous uplink power control "down" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to
ensure that the UE transmits at its minimum output power.

3) Measure the mean power of the UE in the associated measurement bandwidth specified in table 4.2.5.1.2-1 for
the specific channel bandwidth under test. The period of measurement shall be the continuous duration of one
sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2.

5.3.4.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.5.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.4.2 Transmitter minimum output power for intra-band contiguous Carrier

Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA)

5.3.4.2.1 Method of test

5.3.4.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0
and uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2A.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.4.2.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

ETSI
 102 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.3.2A.1.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "down" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE
to ensure that the UE transmits at its minimum output power.

6) Measure the mean transmitted power of each component carrier in the CA configuration of the radio access
mode. The period of measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD
slots with transient periods are not under test.

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2A.1.

5.3.4.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.5.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.4.2A Transmitter minimum output power for inter-band Carrier Aggregation (DL CA
and UL CA)

5.3.4.2A.1 Method of test

5.3.4.2A.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range for PCC and SCC, high range for PCC and SCC; as specified in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0
and uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2A.2.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.4.2A.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

ETSI
 103 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.3.2A.2.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "down" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE
to ensure that the UE transmits at its minimum output power.

6) Measure the mean transmitted power of each component carrier in the CA configuration of the radio access
mode. The period of measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD
slots with transient periods are not under test.

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2A.2.

5.3.4.2A.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.5.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.4.3 Transmitter minimum output power for UL-MIMO

5.3.4.3.1 Method of test

5.3.4.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2B.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.4.1.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.3.2B.1.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]. Since the UE has no
payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "down" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to
ensure that the UE transmits at its minimum output power.

3) Measure the sum of mean power of the UE at each UE antenna connector in the associated measurement
bandwidth specified in table 4.2.5.3.2-1 for the specific channel bandwidth under test. The period of
measurement shall be the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with transient periods
are not under test.

ETSI
 104 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2B.

5.3.4.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.5.3.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.4.4 Transmitter minimum output power for category NB1

5.3.4.4.1 Method of test

5.3.4.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: frequency ranges defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause K.1.1, see ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 8.1.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors using only the main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2F.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.4.4.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.3.2F.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode. The period of
measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms) for sub-carrier spacing of
15 kHz or one slot (2 ms) excluding the 2 304Ts gap when UE is not transmitting for sub-carrier spacing of
3,75 kHz. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

NOTE: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with
different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS releases the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensures
that the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5
using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2.

5.3.4.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.5.4.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 105 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.4.5 Transmitter minimum output power for UE category 0

5.3.4.5.1 Method of test

5.3.4.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.4.1.1.1 with following exceptions:

• Instead of clause 6.3.2.4.1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use clause 6.3.2E.4.1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
• Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2] annex A, figure A.3 using only
main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.4.5.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.4.1.1.2 with the following exception for HD-FDD:

• In step 3), slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2E.

5.3.4.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.5.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.4.6 Transmitter minimum output power for UE category M1

5.3.4.6.1 Method of test

5.3.4.6.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: 5 MHz channel bandwidth, as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2] annex A, figure A.3 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2EA.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

ETSI
 106 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.4.6.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.3.2EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuous uplink power control "down" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to
ensure that the UE transmits at its minimum output power.

3) Measure the mean power of the UE in the associated measurement bandwidth specified in table 4.2.5.1.2-1 for
the specific channel bandwidth under test. The period of measurement shall be the continuous duration of one
sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient
periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test.

4) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.3.2EA.

5.3.4.6.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.5.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.5 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS)

5.3.5.1 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for Single Carrier

5.3.5.1.1 Method of test

5.3.5.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: mid-range see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS and interfering source to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.5.1.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data
to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

ETSI
 107 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

3) Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-2 (Case 1). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.6.1.2-2 (Case 1) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within
+0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the
Throughput measurement (obtain correct UE output power as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.5.3-2).

4) Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-2 (Case 1) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer as defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], annex D.

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

6) Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-3 (Case 2). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.6.1.2-3 (Case 2) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within
+0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the
throughput measurement (obtain correct UE output power as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5.3-3.

7) Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-3 (Case 2) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer as defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], annex D.

8) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], annex G.

9) Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths in both Case 1 and Case 2.

10) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.5.

5.3.5.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.6.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.5.2 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for Carrier Aggregation in

DL-only bands

5.3.5.2.1 Method of test

5.3.5.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: mid-range see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS and interfering source to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.5A.3.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

ETSI
 108 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.5.2.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 for all downlink physical
channels.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the
DL RMC.

5) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no
payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6) Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-2 (Case 1), or
table 4.2.6.2.2-2 for operating band 46. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB
step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in
table 4.2.6.1.2-2 (Case 1) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

7) Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-2 (Case 1), or table 4.2.6.2.2-2 for
operating band 46, and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined
in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], annex D.

8) Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according
to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause G.2.

9) Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 7).

10) Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-3 (Case 2), or
table 4.2.6.2.2-3 for operating band 46. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB
step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in
table 4.2.6.1.2-3 (Case 2) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

11) Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-3 (Case 2), or table 4.2.6.2.2-3 for
operating band 46, and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined
in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], annex D.

12) Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according
to clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

13) Repeat steps from 10 to 12, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 2 at step 11).

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.5.

5.3.5.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.6.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.5.3 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for category NB1

5.3.5.3.1 Method of test

5.3.5.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

ETSI
 109 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Frequencies to be tested: Frequency ranges defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause K.1.1, see ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 8.1.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors using only the main UE Tx/Rx antenna, and noting that the
interference can be either GSM or E-UTRA.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.2 and
NPUSCH Format 2 is used to carry ACK/NACK on the uplink.

4) The DL Reference Measurement channel is set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5F.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.
Message contents are defined according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.5F.4.3.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.5.3.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will
send HARQ feedback based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2) Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined for ACS1, GSM in table 4.2.6.3.2-1.

3) Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for ACS1, GSM in table 4.2.6.3.2-1, with frequency below
the wanted signal according to table 4.2.6.3.2-1, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clause D.2.

4) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Repeat steps 2) to 4), using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3).

6) Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined for ACS1, E-UTRA in table 4.2.6.3.2-1.

7) Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for ACS1, E-UTRA in table 4.2.6.3.2-1, with frequency
below the wanted signal according to table 4.2.6.3.2-1, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause D.2.

8) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clause G.2.

9) Repeat steps 6) to 8), using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 7).

10) Release the connection through State 3A-NB.

11) Modify system information elements according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5F.4.3-1 and notify the UE
via paging message with SytemInformationModification included.

12) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5
using the new UL power control setting.

13) SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will
send HARQ feedback based on information contained in DCI format N1.

14) Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined for ACS2, GSM in table 4.2.6.3.2-1. For steps 14 to 17 and
18 to 21, use message contents with the exceptions defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5F.4.3-1.

ETSI
 110 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

15) Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for ACS2, GSM in table 4.2.6.3.2-1, with frequency below
the wanted signal according to table 4.2.6.3.2-1, using a modulated interferer of 5 MHz bandwidth as defined
in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause D.2.

16) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clause G.2.

17) Repeat steps 14 to 16, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in step 15).

18) Set the Downlink signal level to the value defined for ACS2, E-UTRA according to table 4.2.6.3.2-1.

19) Set the Interferer signal level to the value defined for ACS2, E-UTRA in table 4.2.6.3.2-1, with frequency
below the wanted signal according to table 4.2.6.3.2-1, using a modulated interferer of 5 MHz bandwidth as
defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause D.2.

20) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clause G.2.

21) Repeat steps 18 to 20, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 19).

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.5F.4.

5.3.5.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.6.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.5.4 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for UE category 0

5.3.5.4.1 Method of test

5.3.5.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.5.1.1.1 with the following exceptions:

• Instead of table 7.5.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use table 7.5E.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
• Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2] annex A, figure A.4 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.5.4.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.5.1.1.2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.5E.

5.3.5.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.6.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.5.5 Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) for UE category M1

5.3.5.5.1 Method of test

5.3.5.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: mid-range see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

ETSI
 111 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Channel bandwidth to be tested: 1,4 MHz, 3 MHz and 5 MHz channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.4 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.5EA.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.5.5.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via M-PDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via M-PDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.5EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-2 (Case 1). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.6.1.2-2 (Case 1) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within
+0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the
Throughput measurement.

4) Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-2 (Case 1) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer as defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], annex D.

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

6) Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-3 (Case 2). Send Uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.6.1.2-3 (Case 2) for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within
+0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the
throughput measurement.

7) Set the Interferer signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.6.1.2-3 (Case 2) and frequency below the
wanted signal, using a modulated interferer as defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], annex D.

8) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clause G.2.

9) Repeat for applicable channel bandwidths in both Case 1 and Case 2.

10) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.5EA.

5.3.5.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.6.1.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 112 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.6 Receiver Blocking Characteristics

5.3.6.1 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for Single Carrier

5.3.6.1.1 Method of test

5.3.6.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

For In-band blocking, the frequencies to be tested are mid-range as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

For out-of-band blocking, the frequency to be tested is low or high range as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

For Narrow-band blocking, the frequencies to be tested are mid-range as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1. Range 3 of out-of-band blocking is tested only with the highest bandwidth.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.6.1.4.1-1, or table 7.6.2.4.1-1, or table 7.6.2.4.1-1 as applicable.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.6.1.1.2 In-Band Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in Case 1 according
to tables 4.2.7.1.2-1 and 4.2.7.1.2-2.

4) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.1.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of
the target level in table 4.2.7.1.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

6) Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 3).

ETSI
 113 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

7) Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using interfering signals in Case 2 at steps 3) and 6). The ranges of case 2 are
covered in steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1.4.2-1.

8) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.1.

5.3.6.1.1.3 Out-Of-Band Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to table 4.2.7.1.2-4. The
frequency step size is 1 MHz.

4) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.1.2-3. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of
the target level in table 4.2.7.1.2-3 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

6) For table 4.2.7.1.2-4 record the frequencies for which the throughput does not meet the requirements.

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.2.

5.3.6.1.1.4 Narrow-Band Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.3.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
table 4.2.7.1.2-5.

4) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.1.2-5. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of
the target level in table 4.2.7.1.2-5 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

6) Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3).

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.3.

5.3.6.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.7.1.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 114 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.6.2 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands

5.3.6.2.1 Method of test

5.3.6.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: mid-range see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.6.1A.3.4.1-1 for in-band blocking and table 7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 for out-of-band blocking and
table 7.6.3A.3.4.1-1 for narrow-band blocking.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.6.2.1.2 In-Band Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.2 for all downlink physical
channels except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on
the DL RMC.

5) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no
payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6) Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the SCC in Case 1 according to
tables 4.2.7.1.2-1 and 4.2.7.2.2-1, or 4.2.7.1.2-1 and 4.2.7.2.2-1 for operating bands without uplink band (as
noted in table 1-1), or 4.2.7.2.2-1a and 4.2.7.2.2-1b for operating band 46 without uplink band.

7) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.1.2-1 or table 4.2.7.2.2-1a for operating band 46.
Send uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that
the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.7.1.2-1 or table 4.2.7.2.2-1a for
operating band 46 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

8) Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according
to clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

9) Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the SCC in Case 1 at step 6).

ETSI
 115 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

10) Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using interfering signals in Case 2 at steps 6) and 9). The ranges of case 2 are
covered in steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1.4.2-1.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.1A.3.

5.3.6.2.1.3 Out-Of-Band Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.2 for all downlink physical
channels except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on
the DL RMC.

5) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no
payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6) Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the SCC's operating band according
to table 4.2.7.2.2-2 or table 4.2.7.2.2-2a for operating band 46. The frequency step size is 1 MHz.

7) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.1.2-3 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.7.1.2-3 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0,
-4,0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the
throughput measurement.

8) Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according
to clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

9) Record the frequencies for which the throughput does not meet the requirements.

10) Repeat steps from 6 to 9, using an interfering signal above the SCC's operating band at step 6).

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.2A.3.

5.3.6.2.1.4 Narrow-Band Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 for all downlink physical
channels except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.3A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on
the DL RMC.

5) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.3A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no
payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the SCC according to
table 4.2.7.1.2-5.

7) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.1.2-5. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of
the target level in table 4.2.7.1.2-5 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement.

ETSI
 116 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

8) Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according
to clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

9) Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the SCC at step 6).

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.3A.3.

5.3.6.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.7.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.6.3 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for category NB1

5.3.6.3.1 Method of test

5.3.6.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

For both, in-band and out-of-band blocking, the frequencies to be tested are frequency ranges defined in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clause K.1.1 as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connector using only the main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.2 and
NPUSCH Format 2 is used to carry ACK/NACK on the uplink.

4) The DL Reference Measurement channel is set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.6.1F.4.1-1 for in-band blocking and table 7.6.2F.4.1-1 for out-of-band blocking.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.6.3.1.2 In-Band Procedure

1) SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will
send HARQ feedback based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.3.2-1.

3) Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in IBB1 according
to table 4.2.7.3.2-1.

4) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Repeat steps from 3 to 4, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in IBB1 at step 3).

6) Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using interfering signals in IBB2 at steps 3) and 5). The ranges of IBB2 are covered
in steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1F.4.2-1.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.1F.4.

ETSI
 117 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.6.3.1.3 Out-Of-Band Procedure

1) SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will
send HARQ feedback based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.3.2-2.

3) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
table 4.2.7.3.2-2. The frequency step size is 1 MHz.

4) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Record the frequencies for which the throughput does not meet the requirements.

6) Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3).

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.2F.4.

5.3.6.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.7.3.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.6.4 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for UE category 0

5.3.6.4.1 Method of test

5.3.6.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.6.1.1.1 with the following exceptions:

•  use table 7.6.1E.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], or

 use table 7.6.2E.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], or
Instead of table 7.6.1.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]

 use table 7.6.3E.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], as

instead of table 7.6.2.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]
instead of table 7.6.3.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]
applicable.

• Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.6.4.1.2 In-Band Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.6.1.1.2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.1E.

5.3.6.4.1.3 Out-Of-Band Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.6.1.1.3.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.2E.

5.3.6.4.1.4 Narrow-Band Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.6.1.1.4.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.3E.

ETSI
 118 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.6.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.7.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.6.5 Receiver Blocking Characteristics for UE category M1

5.3.6.5.1 Method of test

5.3.6.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested:

• for In-band blocking: mid-range as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1; or

• for out-of-band blocking: low or high range as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1;

• for Narrow-band blocking: mid-range as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: 5 MHz channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A using only main UE
Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1, 7.6.2EA.4.1-1 or 7.6.3EA.4.1-1, as applicable.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.6.5.1.2 In-Band Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS
sends one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the parameters of the signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal in Case 1 according
to tables 4.2.7.1.2-1 and 4.2.7.1.2-2.

4) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.1.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of
the target level in table 4.2.7.1.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

ETSI
 119 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

6) Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in Case 1 at step 3).

7) Repeat steps from 3 to 6, using interfering signals in Case 2 at steps 3) and 6). The ranges of case 2 are
covered in steps equal to the interferer bandwidth. The test frequencies are chosen in analogy to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1EA.4.2-1.

8) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.1EA.

5.3.6.5.1.3 Out-Of-Band Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS
sends one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to table 4.2.7.1.2-4. The
frequency step size is 1 MHz.

4) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.1.2-3. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of
the target level in table 4.2.7.1.2-3 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

6) For table 4.2.7.1.2-4 record the frequencies for which the throughput does not meet the requirements.

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.2EA.

5.3.6.5.1.4 Narrow-Band Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.1EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS
sends one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.3EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal below the wanted signal according to
table 4.2.7.1.2-5.

4) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.7.1.2-5. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of
the target level in table 4.2.7.1.2-5 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

6) Repeat steps from 3 to 5, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 3).

7) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

ETSI
 120 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.6.3EA.

5.3.6.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.7.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.7 Receiver Spurious Response

5.3.7.1 Receiver Spurious Response for Single Carrier

5.3.7.1.1 Method of test

5.3.7.1.1.1 Initial conditions

The initial conditions shall be the same as for those in out-of-band blocking in clause 5.3.6.1.1 in order to test spurious
responses obtained in clause 5.3.6.1.2 under the same conditions.

5.3.7.1.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to table 4.2.8.1.2-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from step 5) records in clause 5.3.6.1.1.2.

4) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.8.1.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of
the target level in table 4.2.8.1.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.7.

5.3.7.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.8.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.7.2 Receiver Spurious Response for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only bands

5.3.7.2.1 Method of test

5.3.7.2.1.1 Initial conditions

The initial conditions shall be the same as for those in out-of-band blocking in clause 5.3.6.2.1.1 in order to test
spurious responses obtained in clause 5.3.6.2.1.3 under the same conditions.

5.3.7.2.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.2 for all downlink physical
channels except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

ETSI
 121 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on
the DL RMC.

5) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2A.3.4.1-1 on PCC. Since the UE has no
payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to table 4.2.8.1.2-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from step 5) records in clause 5.3.6.2.1.3.

7) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.8.1.2-1 for both carriers. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.8.1.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3 0 GHz or within +0,
-4,0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the
throughput measurement.

8) For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput on SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve
statistical significance.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.7A.3.

5.3.7.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.8.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.7.3 Receiver Spurious Response for category NB1

5.3.7.3.1 Method of test

5.3.7.3.1.1 Initial conditions

The initial conditions shall be the same as for those in out-of-band blocking in clause 5.3.6.3.1 in order to test spurious
responses obtained in clause 5.3.6.3.2 under the same conditions.

5.3.7.3.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will
send HARQ feedback based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to table 4.2.8.3.2-1. The
spurious frequencies are taken from records in the final step of test procedures in clause 5.3.6.3.1.2.

3) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.8.3.2-1.

4) For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause G.2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.7F.4.

5.3.7.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.8.3.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 122 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.7.4 Receiver Spurious Response for UE category 0

5.3.7.4.1 Method of test

5.3.7.4.1.1 Initial conditions

The initial conditions shall be the same as for those in out-of-band blocking in clause 5.3.6.4.1 in order to test spurious
responses obtained in clause 5.3.6.4.2 under the same conditions.

5.3.7.4.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.7.1.1.2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.7E.

5.3.7.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.8.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.7.5 Receiver Spurious Response for UE category M1

5.3.7.5.1 Method of test

5.3.7.5.1.1 Initial conditions

The initial conditions shall be the same as for those in out-of-band blocking in clause 5.3.6.5.1 in order to test spurious
responses obtained in clause 5.3.6.5.2 under the same conditions.

5.3.7.5.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2E.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS
sends one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.6.2E.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the parameters of the CW signal generator for an interfering signal according to table 4.2.8.1.2-2. The
spurious frequencies are taken from step 5) records in clause 5.3.6.5.1.2.

4) Set the downlink signal level according to the table 4.2.8.1.2-1. Send uplink power control commands to the
UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of
the target level in table 4.2.8.1.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level
for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the throughput measurement as
specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) For the spurious frequency, measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.7EA.

5.3.7.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.8.1.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 123 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.8 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics

5.3.8.1 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for Single Carrier

5.3.8.1.1 Method of test

5.3.8.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: mid-range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.1 and uplink
signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.8.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.8.1.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.8.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.8.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.9.1.2-1. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.9.1.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within
+0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the
throughput measurement as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

4) Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in table 4.2.9.1.2-1, using a modulated interferer
bandwidth as defined in annex D of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

6) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.8.

5.3.8.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.9.1.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 124 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.8.2 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only

bands

5.3.8.2.1 Method of test

5.3.8.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: mid-range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS and interfering sources to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.1 and uplink
signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.8.1A.3.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.8.2.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 for all downlink physical
channels except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.8.1A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on
the DL RMC.

5) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.8.1A.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6) Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.9.1.2-1 or table 4.2.9.2.2-1 for operating band
46. Send Uplink power control commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure
that the UE output power is within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.9.1.2-1 or table 4.2.9.2.2-1 for
operating band 46 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within +0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier
frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement.

7) Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in table 4.2.9.1.2-1 or table 4.2.9.2.2-1 for operating
band 46, and frequency below the wanted signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in
annex D of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

8) Measure the average throughput of SCC for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according
to clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

9) Repeat steps from 6 to 8, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal at step 4).

ETSI
 125 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.8.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.9.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.8.3 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for category NB1

5.3.8.3.1 Test requirements

5.3.8.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: Frequency ranges defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause K.1.1, see ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 8.1.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors using only the main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.2 and NPUSCH
Format 2 is used to carry ACK/NACK on the uplink.

4) The DL Reference Measurement channel is set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.8.1F.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.8.3.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.8.1F.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will
send HARQ feedback based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2) Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.9.3.2-1.

3) Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in table 4.2.9.3.2-1 and frequency below the wanted
signal, using a modulated interferer bandwidth as defined in annex D of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

4) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Repeat steps from 2 to 4, using an interfering signal above the wanted signal in step 3).

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.8.1F.4.

5.3.8.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.9.3.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 126 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.8.4 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for UE category 0

5.3.8.4.1 Method of test

5.3.8.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.8.1.1.1 with the following exceptions:

• Instead of table 7.8.1.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use table 7.8.1E.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
• Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.6 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.8.4.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.8.1.1.2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.8.1E.

5.3.8.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.9.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.8.5 Receiver Intermodulation Characteristics for UE category M1

5.3.8.5.1 Method of test

5.3.8.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: mid-range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested:5 MHz channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.6 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.1 and uplink
signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.8.1EA.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

ETSI
 127 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.8.5.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via MPDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.8.1EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.8.1EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the Downlink signal level to the value as defined in table 4.2.9.1.2-1. Send uplink power control
commands to the UE (less or equal to 1 dB step size should be used), to ensure that the UE output power is
within +0, -3,4 dB of the target level in table 4.2.9.1.2-1 for carrier frequency f ≤ 3,0 GHz or within
+0, -4,0 dB of the target level for carrier frequency 3,0 GHz < f ≤ 4,2 GHz, for at least the duration of the
throughput measurement as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

4) Set the Interfering signal levels to the values as defined in table 4.2.9.1.2-1, using a modulated interferer
bandwidth as defined in annex D of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

6) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.8.1EA.

5.3.8.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.9.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.9 Receiver Spurious Emissions

5.3.9.1 Receiver Spurious Emissions for Single Carrier

5.3.9.1.1 Method of test

5.3.9.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect a spectrum analyser (or other suitable test equipment) to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1.

4) The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.9.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

ETSI
 128 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.9.1.1.2 Procedure

1) Sweep the spectrum analyser (or other suitable test equipment) over a frequency range from 30 MHz to
12,75 GHz and measure the average power of the spurious emissions.

2) Repeat step 1) for all E-UTRA Rx antennas of the UE.

3) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.9.

5.3.9.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.10.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.9.2 Receiver Spurious Emissions in DL-only bands

5.3.9.2.1 Method of test

5.3.9.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: mid-range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: Highest NRB_agg for PCC and SCC as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect a spectrum analyser (or other suitable test equipment) to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1.

4) The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.9A.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.9.2.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 for all downlink physical
channels except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.9A.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the
DL RMC.

5) Sweep the spectrum analyser (or equivalent equipment) over a frequency range and measure the average
power of spurious emission. During measurement, SS sends no uplink scheduling information to the UE.

6) Repeat steps 1) to 5) for all E-UTRA DL-only band Rx antennas of the UE.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.9A.

ETSI
 129 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.9.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.10.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.9.3 Receiver Spurious Emissions for UE category 0

5.3.9.3.1 Method of test

5.3.9.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.9.1.1.1 with the following exceptions:

• Instead of clause 7.9.4.1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use clause 7.9E.4.1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
• Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2] annex A, figure A.8 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.9.3.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.9.1.1.2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.9E.

5.3.9.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.10.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.9.4 Receiver Spurious Emissions for UE category M1

5.3.9.4.1 Method of test

5.3.9.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: 5 MHz channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect a spectrum analyser (or other suitable test equipment) to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.7 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1.

4) The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.9EA.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

ETSI
 130 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.9.4.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.9.1.1.2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.9EA.

5.3.9.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.10.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.9.5 Receiver Spurious Emissions for UE category NB1

5.3.9.5.1 Method of test

5.3.9.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect a spectrum analyser (or other suitable test equipment) to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.8 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1.

4) The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.9F.4.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.
Message contents are defined in clause 7.9F.4.3.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.9.5.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.9.1.1.2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.9F.

5.3.9.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.10.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.10 Transmitter Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio

5.3.10.1 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Single Carrier

5.3.10.1.1 Method of test

5.3.10.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL and TH/VH, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

ETSI
 131 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Channel bandwidth to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz, 10 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.0 and uplink
signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.10.1.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload
data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuous uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to
ensure that the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test
configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in tables 4.2.11.1.2-1 and 4.2.11.1.2-2. The period
of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with
transient periods are not under test.

4) Measure the filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

5) Measure the filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel.

6) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel.

7) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4) over step 5) for E-UTRAACLR.

8) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4) over step 6) for UTRAACLR1,
UTRAACLR2.

9) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3.

5.3.10.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.11.1.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 132 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.10.2 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for intra-band contiguous
Carrier Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA)

5.3.10.2.1 Method of test

5.3.10.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL and TH/VH, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3A.1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.10.2.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

6) Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access
mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in tables 4.2.11.2.2-1
and 4.2.11.2.2-2. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame
(1 ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA.

8) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and
upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.

9) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA for CA adjacent channel on both
lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.

10) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7) over step 8) for CA E-UTRAACLR.

ETSI
 133 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

11) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7) over step 9) for UTRAACLR1,
UTRAACLR2.

12) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3A.1.

5.3.10.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.11.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.10.2A Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for inter-band Carrier
Aggregation (DL CA and UL CA)

5.3.10.2A.1 Method of test

5.3.10.2A.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL and TH/VH, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range for PCC and SCC, high range for PCC and SCC; as specified in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg): lowest NRB_agg, highest NRB_agg, as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
clause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.0 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3A.2.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.10.2A.1.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 for all downlink physical
channels, except PHICH.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC.
Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL
RMC.

5) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

ETSI
 134 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

6) Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access
mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in table 4.2.2.2.2-2. The
period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots
with transient periods are not under test.

7) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA in the first band of the CA configuration.

8) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and
upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.

9) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and
upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.

10) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7) over step 8) for CA E-UTRAACLR.

11) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7) over step 9) for UTRAACLR1,
UTRAACLR2.

12) Repeat steps 6) to 11) for the second band of the CA configuration.

13) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3A.2.

5.3.10.2A.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.11.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.10.3 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for UL-MIMO

5.3.10.3.1 Method of test

5.3.10.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Test environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range; as specified in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidths to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz, 10 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.0 and uplink
signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3B.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

ETSI
 135 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.10.3.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 6.6.2.3B.1.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]. Since the UE has no
payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE;
allow at least 200 ms for the UE to reach PUMAX level.

3) Measure the sum of the mean power at each antenna connector of UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio
access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in
tables 4.2.11.3.2-1 and 4.2.11.3.2-2. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of
one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA at each antenna connector of UE.

5) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel at each antenna connector
of UE.

6) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel at each antenna
connector of UE.

7) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4) over step 5) for E-UTRAACLR.

8) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4) over step 6) for UTRAACLR1,
UTRAACLR2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3B.

5.3.10.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.11.3.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.10.4 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH
within a component carrier

5.3.10.4.1 Method of test

5.3.10.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL and TH/VH, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: Highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.0 and uplink
signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3_2.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

ETSI
 136 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.10.4.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no
payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuous uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to
ensure that the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test
configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in tables 4.2.11.1.2-1 and 4.2.11.1.2-2. The period
of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with
transient periods are not under test.

4) Measure the filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

5) Measure the filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel.

6) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel.

7) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4) over step 5) for E-UTRAACLR.

8) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4) over step 6) for UTRAACLR1,
UTRAACLR2.

9) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3.2.

5.3.10.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.11.4.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.10.5 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for category NB1

5.3.10.5.1 Method of test

5.3.10.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: frequency ranges defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause K.1.2, see ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 8.1.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE to the UE antenna connectors using only main Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.0 and uplink
signals according to clauses H.1.1 and H.4.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

ETSI
 137 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.10.5.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for the UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for C_RNTI
to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no
payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC (UE should be ready
transmitting PUMAX after Initial Conditions setting).

2) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test
configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in table 4.2.11.5.2-1. The measurement period is at
least one sub-frame (1 ms) for 15 kHz channel spacing, and at least a 2 ms slot (excluding the 2 304Ts gap
when UE is not transmitting) respectively for the 3,75 kHz channel spacing.

3) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for category NB1 UE channel.

4) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the GSM adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the
category NB1 UE channel, respectively.

5) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the
category NB1 UE channel, respectively.

6) Calculate the ratios of the power between the value measured in step 3) over step 4) for lower and upper
GSMACLR.

7) Calculate the ratio of the power between the value measured in step 3) over step 5) for lower and upper
UTRAACLR.

NOTE: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with
different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS releases the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensures
that the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5
using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3F.

5.3.10.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.11.5.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.10.6 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for UE category 0

5.3.10.6.1 Method of test

5.3.10.6.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.10.1.1.1 with following exceptions:

• Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.3 using only
main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.10.6.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.10.1.1.2 with following exception for HD-FDD:

• In step 3), slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframes are not under test.

• Instead of table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use table 6.6.2.3E.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3E.

ETSI
 138 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.10.6.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.11.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.10.7 Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio for UE category M1

5.3.10.7.1 Method of test

5.3.10.7.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL and TH/VH, as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range and high range; see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz, 10 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI
TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.3 using only
main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.0 and uplink
signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.10.7.1.2 Procedure

1) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1. Since the UE
has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2) Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until
the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3) Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test
configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in tables 4.2.11.1.2-1 and 4.2.11.1.2-2. The period
of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1 ms). For TDD slots with
transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe
are not under test.

4) Measure the filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

5) Measure the filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel.

6) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel.

7) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4) over step 5) for E-UTRAACLR.

8) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4) over step 6) for UTRAACLR1,
UTRAACLR2.

9) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths, operating bands and environmental conditions.

ETSI
 139 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 6.6.2.3EA.

5.3.10.7.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.11.1.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.11 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level

5.3.11.1 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for Single Carrier

5.3.11.1.1 Method of test

5.3.11.1.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: lowest, 5 MHz and highest channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.1 and uplink
signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.3.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.11.1.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.3.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data
to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in table 4.2.12.1.2-1. Send
continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure
the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least the duration of the Throughput measurement. (obtain correct UE
output power as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]).

4) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.3.

5.3.11.1.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.12.1.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 140 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.11.2 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for Carrier Aggregation in DL-only

bands

5.3.11.2.1 Method of test

5.3.11.2.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: mid-range as defined ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1, unless otherwise specified in the
tables 7.3A.3.4.1-2 to 7.3A.3.4.1-29 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Channel bandwidth to be tested: Highest NRB_agg as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1, unless otherwise
specified in tables 7.3A.3.4.1-2 to 7.3A.3.4.1-29 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2] annex A, figure group A.32 as
appropriate if the UE supports 2 Rx antennas or figure group A.80 if the UE supports 4 Rx antennas in the
band.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1, C.3.1, and
uplink signals according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses H.1 and H.3.0.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to table 7.3A.3.4.1-1 in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.11.2.2 Procedure

1) Configure SCC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 for all downlink physical
channels.

2) The SS shall configure SCC as per ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.4.

3) SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE. Wait for at least 2 seconds.

4) SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to
table 7.3A.3.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding
bits on the DL RMC.

5) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to
schedule the UL RMC according to table 7.3A.3.4.1-1 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1] on PCC. Since the UE has no
payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

6) Set the Downlink signal level for PCC and SCC to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in
table 4.2.12.2.2-1. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling
information to the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least the duration of the Throughput
measurement.

7) Measure the average throughput for each component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical
significance according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause G.2A.

ETSI
 141 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.11.2.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.12.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.11.3 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for category NB1

5.3.11.3.1 Method of test

5.3.11.3.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: Frequency ranges defined in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause K.1.2, see ETSI TS 136 508 [2],
clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors using only the main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.0 and
NPUSCH Format 2 is used to carry ACK/NACK on the uplink.

4) The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.3F.1.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimization according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 8.1.5.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.11.3.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits NPDSCH via NPDCCH DCI format N1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.3F.1.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE will
send the HARQ feedback based on information contained in DCI format N1.

2) Set the Downlink signal level to the REFSENS value defined in table 4.2.12.2.2-1.

3) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.3F.1.4.

5.3.11.3.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.12.2.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.11.4 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for UE category 0

5.3.11.4.1 Method of test

5.3.11.4.1.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 5.3.11.1.1.1 with the following exceptions:

• Instead of table 7.3.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]  use table 7.3E.4.1-1 in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].
• Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2] annex A, figure A.3 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

ETSI
 142 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.11.4.1.2 Procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 5.3.11.1.1.2 with the following exceptions:

• Instead of table 4.2.12.1.2-1  use tables 4.2.12.4.2-1 and 4.2.12.4.2-2.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.3E.

5.3.11.4.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.12.3.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.11.5 Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level for UE category M1

5.3.11.5.1 Method of test

5.3.11.5.1.1 Initial conditions

Test Environment: normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH; as specified in annex B.

Frequencies to be tested: low range, mid-range, high range see ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Channel bandwidth to be tested: 5 MHz channel bandwidth as defined in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.3.1.

Uplink/Downlink configurations: as specified in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1]:

1) Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in ETSI TS 136 508 [2], annex A, figure A.3 using
only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2) The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 4.4.3.

3) Downlink signals are initially set up according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses C.0, C.1 and C.3.1 and
uplink signals according to clauses H.1 and H.3.1.

4) The UL and DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1],
table 7.3EA.4.1-1.

5) Propagation conditions are set according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause B.0.

6) Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to ETSI TS 136 508 [2], clause 5.2A.2AA.

NOTE: When reference is made to test set up, call set up and test mode, guidance on the applicability of these can
be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], ETSI TS 136 508 [2] and ETSI TS 136 509 [i.10] respectively.

5.3.11.5.1.2 Procedure

1) SS transmits PDSCH via M-PDCCH DCI format 6-1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to
ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.3EA.4.1-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The
SS sends one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD/TDD for the DL-signal as described in ETSI
TS 136 521-1 [1], clauses A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.

2) SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for
C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], table 7.3EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has
no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3) Set the Downlink signal level to the appropriate REFSENS value defined in table 4.2.12.4.2-1 for FDD and
TDD and in table 4.2.12.4.2-2 for HD-FDD. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the
uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure the UE transmits PUMAX level for at least the duration of
the Throughput measurement.

ETSI
 143 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

4) Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to
clause G.2 of ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1].

5) Repeat for applicable test frequencies, channel bandwidths and operating bands.

Details of the test method can be found in ETSI TS 136 521-1 [1], clause 7.3EA.

5.3.11.5.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.12.4.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.12 Receiver Total Radiated Sensitivity (TRS)

5.3.12.1 Method of test

5.3.12.1.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are described in ETSI TS 137 544 [6], clause 7.1.5.4.1 for FDD and clause 7.1.6.4.1 for TDD systems.

5.3.12.1.2 Procedure
Procedure is described in ETSI TS 137 544 [6], clause 7.1.5.4.2 for FDD and clause 7.1.6.4.2 for TDD systems.

In case devices support adaptive features that dynamically tune the RF front end and adjust TX power for optimum
performance in its region of operation, the device being measured should be representative of the device configuration
used by a consumer in that region. This could include setting the MCC value or another parameter to one used within
the region.

5.3.12.1.3 Procedure, reverberation chamber method

Refer to ETSI TS 137 544 [6], clause 7.1.5.4.3 for FDD and clause 7.1.6.4.3 for TDD systems.

5.3.12.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.13.2 in order to show compliance.

5.3.13 Total Radiated Power (TRP)

5.3.13.1 Method of test

5.3.13.1.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are described in ETSI TS 137 544 [6], clause 6.1.5.4.1 for FDD and clause 6.1.6.4.1. for TDD
systems.

5.3.13.1.2 Procedure
Procedure is described in ETSI TS 137 544 [6], clause 6.1.5.4.2.for FDD and clause 6.1.6.4.2 for TDD systems.

In case devices support adaptive features that dynamically tune the RF front end and adjust TX power for optimum
performance in its region of operation, the device being measured should be representative of the device configuration
used by a consumer in that region. This could include setting the MCC value or another parameter to one used within
the region.

For devices supporting transmit antenna switching using multiple TX antennas, the TRP should be measured for each
transmit antenna individually. The antenna with the greater TRP should be used to determine the pass/fail compliance.

ETSI
 144 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

5.3.13.1.3 Procedure, reverberation chamber method

Refer to ETSI TS 137 544 [6], clause 6.1.5.4.3 for FDD and clause 6.1.6.4.3. for TDD systems.

5.3.13.2 Test requirements

The results obtained shall be compared to the limits in clause 4.2.14.2 in order to show compliance.

ETSI
 145 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Annex A (informative):
Relationship between the present document and the
essential requirements of Directive 2014/53/EU
The present document has been prepared under the Commission's standardisation request C(2015) 5376 final [i.9] to
provide one voluntary means of conforming to the essential requirements of Directive 2014/53/EU on the harmonisation
of the laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market of radio equipment and repealing
Directive 1999/5/EC [i.2].

Once the present document is cited in the Official Journal of the European Union under that Directive, compliance with
the normative clauses of the present document given in table A-1 confers, within the limits of the scope of the present
document, a presumption of conformity with the corresponding essential requirements of that Directive and associated
EFTA regulations.

Table A-1: Relationship between the present document and

the essential requirements of Directive 2014/53/EU
Harmonised Standard ETSI EN 301 908-13
Requirement Requirement Conditionality
Essential Clause(s) of
No Description requirements the present U/C Condition
of Directive document
1 Transmitter Maximum Output 3.2 4.2.2 U
Power
2 Transmitter Spectrum Emission 3.2 4.2.3 U
Mask
3 Transmitter Spurious Emissions 3.2 4.2.4 U
4 Transmitter Minimum Output 3.2 4.2.5 U
Power
5 Receiver Adjacent Channel 3.2 4.2.6 U
Selectivity (ACS)
6 Receiver Blocking Characteristics 3.2 4.2.7 U
7 Receiver Spurious Response 3.2 4.2.8 U
8 Receiver Intermodulation 3.2 4.2.9 U
Characteristic
9 Receiver Spurious Emissions 3.2 4.2.10 U
10 Transmitter Adjacent Channel 3.2 4.2.11 U
Leakage Power Ratio
11 Receiver Reference Sensitivity 3.2 4.2.12 U
Level
12 Receiver Total Radiated 3.2 4.2.13 U
Sensitivity (TRS)
13 Total Radiated Power (TRP) 3.2 4.2.14 U

Key to columns:

Requirement:

No A unique identifier for one row of the table which may be used to identify a requirement.

Description A textual reference to the requirement.

Essential requirements of Directive

Identification of article(s) defining the requirement in the Directive.

Clause(s) of the present document

Identification of clause(s) defining the requirement in the present document unless another
document is referenced explicitly.

ETSI
 146 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Requirement Conditionality:

U/C Indicates whether the requirement is unconditionally applicable (U) or is conditional upon the
manufacturer's claimed functionality of the equipment (C).

Condition Explains the conditions when the requirement is or is not applicable for a requirement which is
classified "conditional".

Presumption of conformity stays valid only as long as a reference to the present document is maintained in the list
published in the Official Journal of the European Union. Users of the present document should consult frequently the
latest list published in the Official Journal of the European Union.

Other Union legislation may be applicable to the product(s) falling within the scope of the present document.

ETSI
 147 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Annex B (normative):
Environmental profile

B.1 General

B.1.1 Introduction
This annex specifies the environmental profile of the UE.

B.1.2 Temperature
The UE shall fulfil all the requirements in the full temperature range of:

Table B.1.2-1: Temperature Test Environment

+15 °C to +35 °C For normal conditions (with relative humidity up to 75 %)

-10 °C to +55 °C For extreme conditions (see IEC 60068-2-1 [4] and IEC 60068-2-2 [5])

The normative reference for this requirement is ETSI TS 136 101 [3], clause E.1.

Some tests are performed also in extreme temperature conditions. These test conditions are denoted as TL (Temperature
Low, -10 °C) and TH (Temperature High, +55 °C).

B.1.3 Voltage
The UE shall fulfil all the requirements in the full voltage range, i.e. the voltage range between the extreme voltages.

For the equipment that can be operated from one or more of the power sources listed below, the lower extreme voltage
shall not be higher and the higher extreme voltage shall not be lower than that specified below.

Table B.1.3-1: Voltage Test Environment

Power source Lower extreme Higher extreme Normal conditions
Voltage voltage voltage
AC mains 0,9 × nominal 1,1 × nominal nominal
Regulated lead acid battery 0,9 × nominal 1,3 × nominal 1,1 × nominal
Non regulated batteries:
Leclanché 0,85 × nominal Nominal Nominal
Lithium 0,95 × nominal 1,1 × Nominal 1,1 × Nominal
Mercury/nickel and cadmium 0,90 × nominal Nominal

Outside this voltage range, the UE if powered on, shall not make ineffective use of the radio frequency spectrum. In no
case shall the UE exceed the transmitted levels as defined in ETSI TS 136 101 [3] for extreme operation. In particular,
the UE shall inhibit all RF transmissions when the power supply voltage is below the manufacturer declared shutdown
voltage.

The normative reference for this requirement is ETSI TS 136 101 [3], clause E.2.

Some tests are performed also in extreme voltage conditions. These test conditions are denoted as Lower extreme
Voltage (VL) and Higher extreme Voltage (VH).

ETSI
 148 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

B.1.4 Test environment

Where a normal environment is required then the normal conditions shown in clauses B.1.2 and B.1.3 shall be applied.

Where an extreme environment is required then the various combinations of extreme temperatures together with the
extreme voltages shown in clauses B.1.2 and B.1.3 shall be applied. The combinations are:

• Low extreme Temperature/Low extreme Voltage (TL/VL);

• Low extreme Temperature/High extreme Voltage (TL/VH);

• High extreme Temperature/Low extreme Voltage (TH/VL);

• High extreme Temperature/High extreme Voltage (TH/VH).

ETSI
 149 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Annex C (informative):
Maximum Measurement Uncertainty
The measurements described in the present document are based on the following assumptions:

• the measured value related to the corresponding limit is used to decide whether an equipment meets the
requirements of the present document;

• the value of the measurement uncertainty for the measurement of each parameter is included in the test report.

Table C.1 shows the recommended values for the maximum measurement uncertainty figures.

Table C.1: Maximum measurement uncertainty

Parameter Uncertainty
Transmitter maximum output power ±0,7 dB
Transmitter spectrum emissions mask ±1,5 dB
Transmitter spurious emissions ±2,0 dB
9 kHz < f ≤ 4 GHz ±4,0 dB
4 GHz < f ≤ 12,75 GHz
Transmitter Minimum output power ±1,0 dB
Receiver Adjacent Channel Selectivity (ACS) ±1,1 dB
Receiver Blocking characteristics ±1,3 dB
1 MHz < finterferer ≤ 3 GHz ±3,2 dB
3 GHz < finterferer ≤ 12,75 GHz
Receiver spurious response ±1,3 dB
1 MHz < finterferer ≤ 3 GHz ±3,2 dB
3 GHz < finterferer ≤ 12,75 GHz
Receiver intermodulation characteristics ±1,4 dB
30 MHz ≤ f ≤ 4,0 GHz ±2,0 dB
4 GHz < f ≤ 12,75 GHz ±4,0 dB
Transmitter adjacent channel leakage power ratio ±0,8 dB
Receiver Reference Sensitivity Level ±0,7 dB
f ≤ 4,0 GHz ±1,0 dB
4 GHz < f ≤ 12,75 GHz
NOTE 1: For RF tests it should be noted that the uncertainties in table C-1
apply to the test system operating into a nominal 50 Ω load and
do not include system effects due to mismatch between the EUT
and the test system.
NOTE 2: If the test system for a test is known to have a measurement
uncertainty greater than that specified in table C-1, this
equipment can still be used provided that an adjustment is made
as follows:
any additional uncertainty in the test system over and above that
specified in table C-1 should be used to tighten the test
requirements - making the test harder to pass (for some tests,
e.g. receiver tests, this may require modification of stimulus
signals). This procedure will ensure that a test system not
compliant with table C-1 does not increase the probability of
passing an EUT that would otherwise have failed a test if a test
system compliant with table C-1 had been used.

ETSI
 150 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Annex D (informative):
Bibliography
• Directive 2004/108/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 December 2004 on the
approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility and repealing
Directive 89/336/EEC (EMC Directive).

• CEPT/ERC/REC 74-01 (Siófok 1998, Nice 1999, Sesimbra 2002, Hradec Kralove 2005, Cardiff 2011):
"Unwanted Emissions in the Spurious Domain".

• Directive 2006/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 December 2006 on the
harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain
voltage limits (LV Directive).

• Commission Decision (EU) 2015/750 of 8 May 2015 on the harmonisation of the 1 452-1 492 MHz frequency
band for terrestrial systems capable of providing electronic communications services in the Union.

• Directive 98/34/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 June 1998 laying down a procedure
for the provision of information in the field of technical standards and regulations.

• Directive 98/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 July 1998 amending Directive
98/34/EC laying down a procedure for the provision of information in the field of technical standards and
regulations.

• Commission Decision 2005/513/EC of 11 July 2005 on the harmonised use of radio spectrum in the 5 GHz
frequency band for the implementation of wireless access systems including radio local area networks
(WAS/RLANs).

• Commission Decision 2007/90/EC of 12 February 2007 amending Decision 2005/513/EC on the harmonised
use of radio spectrum in the 5 GHz frequency band for the implementation of Wireless Access Systems
including Radio Local Area Networks (WAS/RLANs).

• Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2018/637 amending Decision 2009/766/EC on the harmonisation of
the 900 MHz and 1800 MHz frequency bands for terrestrial systems capable of providing pan-European
electronic communications services in the Community as regards relevant technical conditions for the Internet
of Things.

• Commission Implementing Decision 2012/688/EU on the harmonisation of the frequency bands

1920-1980 MHz and 2110-2170 MHz for terrestrial systems capable of providing electronic communications
services in the Union - Press Release.

• ETSI TR 103 288 (V1.1.1) (05-2015): "Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);
Report of the CENELEC/ETSI Joint Working Group in response to the EC letter
ENTRP/F5/DP/MM/entr.f5.(2013)43164 to the ESOs".

ETSI
 151 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

Annex E (informative):
Change history
Version Information about changes
11.1.4 Stable draft with new features up to release 13 March 2018
Final draft for approval with resolved comments received from EC early assessment
11.1.7
December 2018
Minor editorial change in 5.3.2.1.1 and Ready for second Around Assessment
11.1.8
January 2019
11.1.9 Final draft with resolved comments from second around EC early assessment
Band 65 for NB1 feature is added and an error/typo for protecting emission from Band 28 to Band 32 in
11.1.10
table 4.2.4.1.2-3 is corrected, July 2019
Included Over The Air (OTA) antenna performance requirements in terms of Receiver Total Radiated
13.2.0
Sensitivity (TRS) and Total Radiated Power (TRP)

ETSI
 152 ETSI EN 301 908-13 V13.3.1 (2024-10)

History
Document history
V4.2.1 March 2010 Publication
V5.2.1 May 2011 Publication

V6.2.1 October 2013 Publication

V7.1.1 December 2015 Publication

V11.1.1 July 2016 Publication

V11.1.2 July 2017 Publication

V13.1.1 November 2019 Publication

V13.2.1 February 2022 Publication

V13.3.0 July 2024 SRdAP EV 20241001: 03/07/2024 to 01/10/2024

V13.3.1 October 2024 Publication

ETSI